US20090048444A1 - Process for Preparing Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-Dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one Derivatives - Google Patents

Process for Preparing Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-Dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one Derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090048444A1
US20090048444A1 US12/253,327 US25332708A US2009048444A1 US 20090048444 A1 US20090048444 A1 US 20090048444A1 US 25332708 A US25332708 A US 25332708A US 2009048444 A1 US2009048444 A1 US 2009048444A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
aryl
optionally substituted
heterocyclic
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/253,327
Inventor
James F. Callahan
Jeffrey C. Boehm
Zehong Wan
Hongxing Yan
Xichen Lin
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Glaxo Group Ltd
Original Assignee
Glaxo Group Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Glaxo Group Ltd filed Critical Glaxo Group Ltd
Priority to US12/253,327 priority Critical patent/US20090048444A1/en
Publication of US20090048444A1 publication Critical patent/US20090048444A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This invention relates to a novel process to produce pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one containing compounds or 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one containing compounds.
  • the present invention is directed to the novel compounds of Formula (II):
  • the present invention is also directed to the novel compounds of Formula (V)
  • the present invention is also directed to novel compounds of Formula (III):
  • the present invention is also directed to a process for making a compound Formula (III) or (IIIa), which comprises reacting a compound of formula (II) or (IIa)
  • the present invention is an alternative process for preparation of compounds having a pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one template or a 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives.
  • This novel process provides for facile variation of the C4 position in the both of these templates, and therefore ease of use in the making of a combinatorial array.
  • W is a leaving group such as chlorine, bromine, iodine, OS(O)CF 3 ; and R 1 , R 3 and X are as defined in Formula (I).
  • R 1 is suitably an aryl, aryl C 2-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C 2-10 alkyl; aryl C 2-10 alkenyl, arylC 2-10 alkynyl, heteroaryl C 2-10 alkenyl, heteroaryl C 2-10 alkynyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, or C 2-10 alkynyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted.
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted aryl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl ring.
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted aryl, more preferably an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 1 may be substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ NR d R d′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ C(O)R 12 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(Z)NR 4 R 4 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(Z)OR 8 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v COR a′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(O)H, ZC(Z)R 11 , N(R 10′ )C(Z)R 11 , N(R 10′ )S(O) 2 R 7 ,
  • R b is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 -alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 -alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl moiety, which moieties excluding hydrogen, may all be optionally substituted.
  • R 1 moiety is phenyl
  • the phenyl ring is substituted by the moiety (R 1′′ ) wherein R 1′′ is selected from C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , C(Z)O(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , N(R 10′ )C(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , N(R 10′ )C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , or N(R 10′ )OC(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b .
  • the phenyl ring may also be additionally substituted by the substituent (R 1′ )g, wherein g is 0 or an integer having a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4. In one embodiment of the invention, g is 0, 1 or 2. When the R 1 moiety is substituted by R 1′′ then these substituents are preferably in the 3- or 4-position of the phenyl ring.
  • the R 1′ moiety is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ NR d R d′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ C(O)R 12 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 .
  • R 1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , or N(R 10 )C(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , and R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, such as CF 3 .
  • R 1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring.
  • R 1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , and R 1 is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from fluorine, chlorine, methyl, or CF 3 . In a further embodiment R 1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring.
  • R 1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring, optionally substituted one or more times by halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl. More preferably, the phenyl ring is substituted in the 2, 4, or 6-position, or di-substituted in the 2,4-position, such as 2-fluoro, 3-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 2,4-difluoro, or 2-methyl-4-fluoro; or tri-substituted in the 2,4,6-position such as 2,4,6-trifluoro.
  • R 1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring, optionally substituted one or more times by halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(Z)NR 4 R 14 , C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , and (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(Z)OR 8 .
  • R 8 is hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 13 is hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl
  • R b is suitably hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • R 1 is a phenyl substituted by 2-methoxy, 3-methoxy, 4-methoxy, 2-chloro, 3-chloro, 4-chloro, 2-fluoro, 3-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 4-difluoro, 2,4,6-trifluoro, 3,4-difluoro, 3,5-difluoro, 2-methyl-4-fluoro, 2-methyl-4-chloro, 2-methylsulfanyl, 3-methylsulfanyl, 4-methylsulfanyl, 2-phenyl, 3-phenyl, 4-phenyl, 2-methyl, 3-methyl, 4-methyl, 3-fluoro-4-phenyl, 2-hydroxy, 3-hydroxy, 4-hydroxy, 2-methylsulfonyl, 3-methylsulfonyl, 4-
  • a preferred R 1 moiety is 4-methyl-N-1,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide, N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide, 4-methyl-N-propylbenzamide, 4-methyl-N-isopropylbenzamide, 2-methyl-4-fluorophenyl, or 2-methyl-3-fluorophenyl, and 2-methyl-4-chlorophenyl.
  • R 1 is a heteroaryl moiety
  • the ring is not attached to the pharmacophore via one of the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen to form a charged ring.
  • a pyridinyl ring would be attached through a carbon atom to yield a 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl moiety, which is optionally substituted.
  • R 1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , C(Z)O(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , or N(R 10′ )C(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b ; N(R 10 )C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b ; N(R 10′ )OC(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b ; it is preferably in the 4 or 5 position of the ring.
  • R 1′ is additionally substituted by R 1′ , and R 1 is a phenyl ring, then the additional substituents are present in the ortho position, if a second R 1′ moiety is also substituted on the ring, then preferably, this second R 1′ substitution is not in the other ortho position.
  • R a′ is C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) v OR 7 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v S(O) m R 7 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v N(R 10′ )S(O) 2 R 7 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v NR 4 R 14 ; and wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl may be optionally substituted.
  • R d and R d′ are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-5 cycloalkyl, C 3-5 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, or the R d and R d′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9′ , and wherein the R d and R d′ moieties which are C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, and the R 4 and R 14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted, 1 to 4 times, independently by halogen; halosubstituted C 1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-14 alkyl; C 1-4 alkoxy; halosubstituted C 1-4 alkoxy; S(O) m Rf; C(O)Rj;
  • R 9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • Z is independently at each occurrence selected from oxygen or sulfur.
  • m is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
  • v is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 2.
  • v′ is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
  • R 10 and R 20 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 11 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 12 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl C 1-4 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl C 1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted.
  • R 13 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl C 1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or a heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times by halogen; halosubstituted C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkoxy; halosubstit
  • R 21′ and R 31′ are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, or R 21′ and R 31′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached cyclize to form a 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur.
  • R b moieties may be optionally substituted, one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times independently at each occurrence by halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-10 alkyl; C 1-10 alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkoxy; OR 8 , such as methoxy, ethoxy or phenoxy; SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , such as methyl thio, methylsulfinyl or methyl sulfonyl; C(O)R j ; C(O)OR j ; C(O)NR 4′′ R 14′′ ; cyano; nitro; NR 15 R 25 ; -Z′-(CR 10 R 20 ) s -Z′; C 1-10 alkyl; such as methyl, ethyl, propy
  • halogen
  • R b is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl
  • the moiety includes but is not limited to a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, heptyl, 2-methylpropyl; a halosubstituted alkyl, such as 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl; a cyano substituted alkyl, such as cyanomethyl, cyanoethyl; an alkoxy, thio or hydroxy substituted alkyl, such as 2-methoxy-ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl or serinol, or an ethylthioethyl.
  • R b is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl the moiety is a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-butyl, or 2,2-dimethylpropyl or 2-hydroxy propyl group.
  • R b is an optionally substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl they are as defined in the definition section, and include but are not limited, to furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, and uracil, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl
  • R b is an optionally substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclic alkyl, they are as defined in the definition section,
  • R b when R b is an optionally substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclic or heterocyclic alkyl, the moiety is a 1,3-thiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl, isoquinoline, 3-thiophene, indol-5-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridine-4-yl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-5-yl, pyrazol-3-yl, 4-morpholino, 2-furanyl, 2-furanylmethyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thienylmethyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl methyl, tetrahydro-2-furanyl, or tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-yl or 1H-imidazol-4-
  • R b when R b is an optionally substituted heteroaryl the moiety is a 1,3-thiazol-2-yl or 5-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl, isoquinolinyl, thiophene, pyridinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, e.g. 2-methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-5-yl.
  • the heteroaryl ring is an optionally substituted thiazolyl, pyridyl, or thiophene ring.
  • R b is an optionally substituted aryl or arylalkyl moiety
  • the aryl containing is unsubstituted or substituted independently at each occurrence one or more times by halogen, alkyl, cyano, OR 8 , SR 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , C(O)R j , C(O)OR j , -Z′-(CR 10 R 20 ) s -Z′, halosubstituted C 1-10 alkyl, or an optionally substituted aryl.
  • R b is a phenyl, or napthylene, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorphenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 2-methyl phenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 6-methyl phenyl, 2-methyl phenyl, 3-amino phenyl, 3,4-dimethyl phenyl, 4-methyl-3-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluorophenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-thiomethylphenyl, 4-acetylphenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, benzyl
  • R b is a phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 4-methyl-3-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-thiomethylphenyl, 4-acetylphenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, biphenyl, 4′-fluorobiphenyl, 4-sulfonamindo-2-methylphenyl, 3-phenyloxyphenyl, benzyl, or phenethyl.
  • R b is an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl alkyl moiety
  • the moiety is a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, or a cyclopentylmethyl.
  • R b is a cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl group.
  • R b is hydrogen, or an optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R b is C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, or aryl, all optionally substituted.
  • the moiety -Z′-(CR 10 R 20 ) s -Z′ forms a cyclic ring, such as a dioxalane ring.
  • Z′ is independently selected at each occurrence from oxygen, or sulfur.
  • R 5 is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3.
  • n, n′, m, q′, s, t, or v′, etc. are independently chosen at each occurrence.
  • R 5 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl or NR 4′ R 14′ , excluding the moieties SR 5 being SNR 4′ R 14′ , S(O) 2 R 5 being SO 2 H and S(O)R 5 being SOH.
  • R f is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C 1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted.
  • R j is C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C 1-10 alkyl moiety.
  • R 8 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl C 1-4 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl C 1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or a heterocyclylC 1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted independently at each occurrence, 1 to 4 times, by halogen; halosubstituted C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl; C 3-5 cycloalkyl; C 3-5 cycloalkyl C 1-4 alkyl; halosubstituted C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 15 and R 25 are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-4 -alkyl, aryl, or aryl-C 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen may be optionally substituted; or R 15 and R 25 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9 ; and wherein these moieties are optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-10 alkyl; C 1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkoxy; SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 ; C(O)R j ; C(O)
  • R 4 and R 14 are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl; or the R 4 and R 14 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein the C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl moieties, and the R 4 and R 14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted, 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence, by halogen;
  • such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, diazepine, azepine, morpholine, and thiomorpholine (including oxidizing the sulfur).
  • R 4′ and R 14′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, or R 4′ and R 14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9′ .
  • R 4′ and R 14′ cyclize to form an optionally substituted ring, such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, and thiomorpholine (including oxidizing the sulfur).
  • R 4′′ and R 14′′ are each independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-10 alkyl, or R 4′′ and R 14′′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9′ .
  • such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, diazepine, azepine, morpholine, and thiomorpholine (including oxidizing the sulfur).
  • R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 10 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen may be optionally substituted independently, one or more times, suitably 1 to 2 times, by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-10 alkyl; C 1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkoxy; S(O) m alkyl; C(O); NR 4′ R 14′ ; C 1-10 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl C 1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkyl; an unsubstituted aryl or arylalkyl, or an aryl or arylalkyl substituted one or two times
  • R 9 is hydrogen, C(Z)R 6 , optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aryl-C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl moieties may be optionally substituted 1 or 2 times, independently by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-10 alkyl; C 1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkoxy; S(O) m alkyl; —C(O); NR 4′ R 14′ ; C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl C 1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkyl; an aryl or aryl C 1-4 alkyl, and wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one or two times independently by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C 1-10 alkoxy,
  • R 3 is a C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by hydrogen, halogen, nitro, C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl C 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenylC 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 6 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n SH, (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 7 , (CR 10 R
  • the R 3 moieties are optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, nitro, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, C 5-6 cycloalkenyl, C 5-6 cycloalkenylC 1-4 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 6 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n SH, (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 7 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NHS(O) 2 R 7 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) 2 NR 16 R 26 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR 16 R 26 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n CN, (CR 10 R 20 ) n C(Z)R 6 , (CR 10 R
  • the R 3 moieties are optionally substituted independently, one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 6 , cyano, nitro, (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR 16 R 26 , or halosubstituted C 1-10 alkyl.
  • R 3 is a phenyl ring, optionally substituted independently, one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C 1-10 alkyl, hydroxy, C 1-10 alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, or halosubstituted C 10 alkyl.
  • the R 3 substituents are selected independently from halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, or C 1-10 alkyl, such as methyl.
  • R 3 moieties are an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, or optionally substituted aryl.
  • the R 3 moiety is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, or an optionally substituted aryl.
  • R 3 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is an aryl moiety, it is an optionally substituted phenyl ring.
  • the phenyl is optionally substituted one or more times, independently at each occurrence, suitably 1 to 4 times by halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the phenyl ring may be substituted in the 2, 4, or 6-position, or di-substituted in the 2,4-position or 2,6-position, such as 2-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 2,4-difluoro, 2,6-difluoro, or 2-methyl-4-fluoro; or tri-substituted in the 2,4,6-position, such as 2,4,6-trifluoro.
  • the R 3 optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, or halosubstituted alkyl. In another embodiment, the optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, or alkyl.
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-6 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC 1-6 alkyl; and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted one or two times independently, by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-10 alkyl; C 1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkoxy; S(O) m alkyl; C(O); NR 4 R 14′ ; C 1-10 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkyl; an aryl or arylalkyl moiety, and wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C 1-10 alkoxy, S(O) m alkyl;
  • R 16 and R 26 are each independently selected from hydrogen, or C 1-4 alkyl; or the R 16 and R 26 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR 9′ .
  • n is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10, and is independently selected at each occurrence.
  • X is R 2 , OR 2′′ , S(O) m R 2′ , (CH 2 ) n′ N(R 11 )S(O) m R 2′ , (CH 2 ) n′ N(R 11 )C(O)R 2′ , (CH 2 ) n′ NR 4 R 14 , (CH 2 ) n′ N(R 2′′ )(R 2′′ ), or N(R 10′ )R h NH—C( ⁇ N—CN)NRqRq′.
  • n′ is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • R h is selected from an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(O)N(R 10′ )CH 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(R 10′ )C(O)CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH(OR 10′ )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(O)O—CH 2 —CH 2 —, or —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—C(O)CH 2 —.
  • R q and R q′ are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl-C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 -alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl moiety, wherein all of the moieties are optionally substituted, or R q and R q′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 to 7 membered optionally substituted ring, which ring may contain an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur.
  • X 1 is N(R 10′ ), O, S(O) m , or CR 10 R 20 .
  • X 1 is N(R 10′ ), or O.
  • R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclyl C 1-10 alkyl moiety; or R 2 is the moiety (CR 10 R 20 ) q′ X 1 (CR 10 R 20 ) q C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ), or (CR 10 R 20 ) q′ C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ).
  • q′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 6.
  • q is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10.
  • the R 2 moieties may be optionally substituted one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl C 1-10 alkyl, halogen, —C(O), cyano, nitro, aryl, aryl C 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C 10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 6 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n SH, (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 7 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n N(R 10′ )S(O) 2 R 7 ,
  • R e and R e′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted; or R e and R e′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein each of these moieties, including the cyclized ring and excluding hydrogen, may be substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C 1-10 alkyl; C 1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C 1-10 alkoxy; C 1-10 alkyl; halosubsti
  • R f′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C 1-10 alkyl or NR 4′ R 14′ , and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, and NR 4′ R 14′ , may be optionally substituted.
  • X is R 2 , OR 2′ , (CH 2 ) n′ NR 4 R 14 , or (CH 2 ) n′ N(R 2′ )(R 2′′ ).
  • X is R 2 , and R 2 is (CR 10 R 20 ) q′ X 1 (CR 10 R 20 ) q C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ), or (CR 10 R 20 ) q′ C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ).
  • the heterocyclic containing moiety is suitably selected from tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety).
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted piperidinyl or piperazinyl ring.
  • R 2 when R 2 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclic alkyl ring the ring is substituted one or mores times independently by an optionally substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclic alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′ , or (CR 10 R 20 ) n N(R 10′ )C(Z)OR 7 .
  • the second heterocyclic ring is suitably selected from an optionally substituted tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, diazepine, morpholino or thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety).
  • the second heterocyclic ring is selected from morpholino, piperidine, or pyrrolidinyl.
  • R 2 is a 4-amino-1-piperidinyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]-carbonyl ⁇ amino)-1-piperidinyl, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-ethyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-propyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-butyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-(methylamino)-1-piperidinyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl-4-piperidinyl ⁇ methylcarbamate, 4-phenyl-1-piperazinyl, 1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 4-(4-morpholinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-(diphenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl, or 4-methylhexahydro-1H-1,4-diazepin-1-yl, 4-
  • R 2′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclyl C 1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently, at each occurrence, by C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenylC 1-10 -alkyl, halogen, —C(O), cyano, nitro, aryl, aryl C 1-10 alkyl,
  • R 2′ or R 2 ′′ is hydrogen, or methyl.
  • R 2′ when R 2′ is an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl the heterocyclic containing moiety is substituted one or more time independently by C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) n N(R 10′ )C(Z)OR 7 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) n C(Z)OR 6 .
  • R 2′ is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclyl C 1-10 alkyl, heteroarylalkyl.
  • R 2′ is an optionally substituted cycloalkyl it is an a cyclohexyl ring.
  • the cyclohexyl ring is optionally substituted one or more times by (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′ .
  • R 2′ is an optionally substituted heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl
  • the ring is selected from tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, diazepine, hexahydro-1-H-azepine, morpholino or thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety).
  • the ring is a piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, hexahydro-1-H-azepine ring.
  • the rings are substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently by C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′ , or (CR 10 R 20 ) n N(R 10′ )C(Z)OR 7 .
  • (CH 2 ) n N(R 2′ )(R 2′′ ) is 1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinamine, 2-[4-(phenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]ethylamine, 2-(1-piperidinyl)ethylamine, 2-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)ethylamine, 1-[(phenylmethyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl]amine, 3-[(1-pyrrolidinyl)propyl]amine, 3-[(hexahydro-1H-azepin-1-yl)propyl]amine, (1-methyl-4-piperidinyl)amine, 3-[(4-morpholinyl)propyl]amine, 3-[(2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)propyl]-amine, 2-[(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]amine, 2-[(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]-amine, or [(1-
  • R 2′ is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl
  • the alkyl is substituted one or more times independently by (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′ or (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′ C 1-4 alkylNR e R e′ .
  • R e and R e′ are independently an optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, or t-butyl.
  • (CH 2 ) n N(R 2′ )(R 2′′ ) is 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, propylamine, (2,2-dimethylpropyl)amine, (2-hydroxypropyl)amino, 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamine, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amine, 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, 2-(methylamino)ethylamine, [(1-methylethyl)amino]ethylamine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, 3-(dibutylamino)propylamine, 3-[(1-methylethyl)amino]propylamine, 3-(1,1-dimethyleth
  • R 2′′ is selected from hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 -alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence, by C 1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl C 1-10 alkyl, halogen, —C(O), cyano, nitro, aryl, aryl C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1
  • t is an integer having a value of 2 to 6.
  • q is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10.
  • a 1 is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C 1-10 alkyl.
  • a 2 is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C 1-10 alkyl.
  • a 3 is hydrogen or is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl.
  • the A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 C 1-10 alkyl moieties may optionally substituted one or more times independently at each occurrence, preferably from 1 to 4 times, with halogen, such as chlorine, fluorine, bromine, or iodine; halo-substituted C 1-10 alkyl, such as CF 3 , or CHF 2 CF 3 ; C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-10 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl, C 5-7 cycloalkenyl C 1-10 alkyl, (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 6 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n SH, (CR 10 R 20 ) n S(O) m R 7 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n N(R 10′ )S(O) 2 R 7 , (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR 4 R 14 ,
  • X is R 2
  • R 2 is (CR 10 R 20 ) q′ X 1 (CR 10 R 20 ) q C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ), or (CR 10 R 20 ) q′ C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ).
  • q′ is 0.
  • R 2 is the moiety (CR 10 R 20 ) q′ X 1 (CR 10 R 20 ) q C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ), q′ is 0, X 1 is nitrogen, q is 0 or 1, A 1 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclic alkyl, and A 2 is an optionally substituted aryl. More specifically, R 2 is 2-phenyl-2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]amino, or 1-phenyl-2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]amino. In another embodiment, A 1 is an optionally substituted aryl or arylalkyl, and A 2 is an optionally substituted aryl or arylalkyl.
  • one or more of the A 1 , A 2 and A 3 moieties are substituted with (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 6 —In another embodiment of the invention, the R 6 substituent Fin (CR 10 R 20 ) n OR 6 is hydrogen.
  • X is R 2 and R 2 is C(A 1 )(A 2 )(A 3 ), such as CH(CH 2 OH) 2 , or C(CH 3 )(CH 2 OH) 2 ; or X 1 (CR 10 R 20 ) q CH(CH 2 OH) 2 , or XI (CR 10 R 20 ) q C(CH 3 )(CH 2 OH) 2 ; and further wherein X 1 is oxygen or nitrogen.
  • X is S(O) m R 2′ , (CH 2 ) n NR 4 R 14 , or (CH 2 ) n N(R 2 )(R 2′ ). In yet another embodiment, X is (CH 2 ) n NR 4 R 14 , or (CH 2 ) n N(R 2 )(R 2′ ).
  • the C 1-4 alkyl may be substituted one or more times, independently at each occurrence with NR 4′ R 14′ ; halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, C(O)NR 4′ R 14′ ; or NR 4 C(O) C 1-10 alkyl.
  • the C 1-4 alkyl is substituted with NR 4′ R 14′ .
  • R 4 and R 14 may be hydrogen when R 4 and R 14 are not cyclized. In another embodiment neither R 4 nor R 14 is hydrogen.
  • one of R 4 and R 14 are hydrogen, and the other is an optionally substituted heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the optionally substituted heteroaryl alkyl is an imidazolyl alkyl, such as a 1H-imidazol-2-yl-methyl group.
  • the heteroaryl ring is selected from thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, and benzothiazolyl.
  • the heteroaryl C 1-4 alkyl is selected from pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, and benzothiazolyl.
  • the heterocyclic ring is selected from tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholino.
  • the heterocyclic C 1-4 alkyl moiety is selected from pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholino.
  • X is (CH 2 ) n NR 4 R 14 and R 4 and R 14 together with the nitrogen cyclize to form an optionally substituted ring, such as described above, such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, diazepine, and morpholine.
  • the R 4 and R 14 substituents cyclize to form a heterocyclic 5 or 6 membered ring, which ring is optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • the optional substitutents are suitably selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, (CR 10 R 20 ) n N(R 10′ )C(Z)OR 7 , NR 4′ R 14′ , or a C 1-10 alkyl substituted one or more times by an optionally substituted aryl.
  • Such substitutents more specifically include phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperazinyl, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, piperidinyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl, 5-chloro-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl, diphenylmethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, amino, methylamino, and dimethylamino.
  • the X substituent is a 1,4′-bipiperin-1-yl ring which may be optionally substituted such as in 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperin-1-yl; 4-piperidinylamino, 4-amino-1-piperidinyl, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)amino, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, (4-morpholinyl)-1-piperidinyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-ethyl-1-piperazinyl, (2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1-piperidinyl, 5-chloro-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-(diphenylmethyl)-1-piperidin
  • R 2′ is an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl moiety
  • the alkyl is substituted by (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′
  • R e and R e′ are hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl.
  • the X moiety is 3-(diethylamino)propylamino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino, 1-methylethyl)amino-propylamino, (1,1-dimethylethyl)aminopropylamino, (1-methylethyl)aminoethylamino, 2-(methylamino)ethylamino, 2-aminoethyl(methyl)amino, or a 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amino.
  • X is (CH 2 ) n N(R 2′ )(R 2′′ ), and R 2 , moiety is an optionally substituted heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl, the heteroaryl moiety is suitably an optionally substituted imidazole.
  • R 4 and R 14 may be hydrogen when R 4 and R 14 are not cyclized. In another embodiment neither R 4 and R 14 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is a 2,6-difluoro phenyl
  • R 1 is a phenyl ring substituted by and R 1 is selected from C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , or C(Z)O(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , or N(R 10′ )C(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b and also substituted by R 1′ independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl; g is 1 or 2.
  • R 1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b and R 1′ independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl.
  • the R b moiety is selected from thiazolyl, C 1-10 alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl.
  • the R b moiety is propyl or 4-fluorophenyl.
  • X is suitably selected from (1H-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)amino or 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)amino, 4-amino-1-piperidinyl, 3-(diethylamino)propylamino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino, 1-methylethyl)amino-propylamino, (1,1-dimethylethyl)aminopropylamino, (1-methylethyl)aminoethylamino, 2-(methylamino)ethylamino, 2-aminoethyl(methyl)amino, or 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amino.
  • R 3 is a 2,6-difluoro phenyl
  • R 1 is phenyl
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl
  • g is 1 or 2
  • the phenyl ring is also substituted in the 3- or 4-position by C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b
  • R b moiety is C 1-10 alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl, preferably propyl or 4-fluorophenyl
  • X is (CH 2 ) n N(R 2′ )(R 2′′ ), and n is 0.
  • X is (CH 2 ) n N(R 2′ )(R 2′′ ), R 2 ′′ is hydrogen, n is 0, and R 2′ is an alkyl substituted by (CR 10 R 20 ) n NR e R e′ .
  • R e and R e′ are independently selected from an optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, or t-butyl, preferably ethyl.
  • the X term may also be the B-Non-Ar-cyc moiety as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,809,199 whose disclosure is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Non-Ar—Cyc is suitably selected from;
  • d is an integer having a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • d′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • d′′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • e is 0, or is an integer having a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • e′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • e′′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • f is 0, or is an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • d+e is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
  • R 7′ , R 77 and R 77′′ are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl-group, C 2-6 alkenyl-group, C 4-6 cycloalkyl-C 0-6 alkyl-group, N(C 0-4 alkyl)(C 0-4 alkyl)-C 1-4 alkyl-N(C 0-4 alkyl)-group, —N(C 0-4 alkyl)(C 0-4 alkyl) group, C 1-3 alkyl-CO—C 0-4 alkyl-group, C 0-6 alkyl-O—C(O)—C 0-4 alkyl-group, C 0-6 alkyl-C(O)—O—C 0-4 alkyl-group, N(C 0-4 alkyl)(C 0-4 alkyl)-(C 0-4 alkyl)C(O)(C 0-4 alkyl)-group, phenyl-C 0-4 alkyl-
  • B is —C 1-6 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-O—C 0-3 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-NH—C 0-3 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-NH—C 3-7 cycloalkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-N(C 0-3 alkyl)-C(O)—C 0-3 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-NH—SO 2 —C 0-3 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-S—C 0-3 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-SO 2 —C 0-3 alkyl-, —C 0-3 alkyl-PH—C 0-3 alkyl-, C 0-3 alkyl —C(O)—C 0-3 alkyl, or a direct bond.
  • E 1 is CH, N, or CR 66 ; or B and E 1 together form a double bond, i.e., —CH ⁇ C.
  • E 2 is CH 2 , CHR 77 , C(OH)R 77 NH, NR 77 , O, S, —S(O)—, or —S(O) 2 —.
  • R 66 is independently selected from at each occurrence from halogen, C 0-4 alkyl, —C(O)—O(C 0-4 alkyl), or —C(O)—N(C 0-4 alkyl)-(C 0-4 alkyl).
  • Non-Ary Cyc is:
  • the X term may also be the X moiety as disclosed in WO 2004/073628, published September 2004, Boehm et al., whose disclosure is incorporated by reference herein.
  • halo or “halogens” is used herein to mean the halogens, chloro, fluoro, bromo and iodo.
  • alkyl refers to straight or branched hydrocarbon chains containing the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • C 1-6 alkyl means a straight or branched alkyl containing at least 1, and at most 6, carbon atoms.
  • alkyl as used herein include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl or t-butyl and hexyl and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to straight or branched hydrocarbon chains containing the specified number of carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond.
  • C 2-6 alkenyl means a straight or branched alkenyl containing at least 2, and at most 6, carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond.
  • alkenyl as used herein include, but are not limited to ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, 3-hexenyl, 1,1-dimethylbut-2-enyl and the like.
  • alkoxy refers to straight or branched chain alkoxy groups containing the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • C 1-6 alkoxy means a straight or branched alkoxy containing at least 1, and at most 6, carbon atoms.
  • alkoxy as used herein include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, prop-2-oxy, butoxy, but-2-oxy, 2-methylprop-1-oxy, 2-methylprop-2-oxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy.
  • cycloalkyl refers to cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms.
  • C 3-7 cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic ring containing at least three, and at most seven, ring carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of “cycloalkyl” as used herein include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl and the like.
  • cycloalkenyl is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms preferably of 5 to 7 carbons, which have at least one bond including but not limited to cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
  • alkenyl is used herein at all occurrences to mean straight or branched chain radical of 2-10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, including, but not limited to ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like.
  • aryl is used herein to mean phenyl, naphthyl, and indene.
  • heteroaryl ring refers to a monocyclic five- to seven-membered unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, and uracil.
  • heteroaryl ring refers to fused aromatic rings comprising at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • Each of the fused rings may contain five or six ring atoms.
  • fused aromatic rings include, but are not limited to, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, and phthalazinyl.
  • heterocyclic rings “heterocyclic moieties”, and “heterocyclyl” is used herein to mean a monocyclic three- to seven-membered saturated or non-aromatic, unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur or oxidized sulphur moieties, such as S(O) m , and m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
  • heterocyclic rings “heterocyclic moieties”, and “heterocyclyl” shall also refer to fused rings, saturated or partially unsaturated, and wherein one of the rings may be aromatic, or heteroaromatic.
  • Each of the fused rings may have from four to seven ring atoms.
  • heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, the saturated or partially saturated versions of the heteroaryl moieties as defined above, such as tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), azepine, diazepine, aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzdioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety).
  • arylalkyl or “heteroarylalkyl” or “heterocyclicalkyl” is used herein to mean a C 1-4 alkyl (as defined above) attached to an aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic moiety (as also defined above) unless otherwise indicated.
  • sulfinyl is used herein to mean the oxide S(O) of the corresponding sulfide, the term “thio” refers to the sulfide, and the term “sulfonyl” refers to the fully oxidized S(O) 2 moiety.
  • aroyl is used herein to mean C(O)Ar, wherein Ar is as phenyl, naphthyl, or aryl alkyl derivative such as defined above, such group include but are not limited to benzyl and phenethyl.
  • alkanoyl is used herein to mean C(O) C 1-10 alkyl wherein the alkyl is as defined above.
  • the term “optionally” means that the subsequently described event(s) may or may not occur, and includes both event(s) which occur and events that do not occur.
  • substituted refers to substitution with the named substituent or substituents, multiple degrees of substitution being allowed unless otherwise stated.
  • halogen such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine
  • hydroxy such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine
  • C 1-10 alkoxy such as methoxy or ethoxy
  • halosubstituted C 1-10 alkoxy S(O) m alkyl, such as methyl thio, methylsulfinyl or methyl sulfonyl; a ketone (—C(O)), or an aldehyde (—C(O)R 6′ ), such as C(O)C 10 alkyl or C(O)aryl
  • R 6′ is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl C 1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C 1-10 alkyl (and wherein the R 6′ moieties,
  • halosubstituted C 1-10 alkyl such CF 2 CF 2 H, or CF 3 ; an optionally substituted aryl, such as phenyl, or an optionally substituted arylalkyl, such as benzyl or phenethyl, wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted alkyl; C 1-4 alkoxy; S(O) m C 1-4 alkyl; amino, mono & di-substituted C 1-4 alkyl amino; C 1-4 alkyl, or CF 3 .
  • salts and solvates of compounds of the invention which are suitable for use in medicine are those wherein the counterion or associated solvent is pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • salts and solvates having non-pharmaceutically acceptable counterions or associated solvents are within the scope of the present invention, for example, for use as intermediates in the preparation of other compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative”, means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug e.g. ester, of a compound of the invention, which upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of the invention, or an active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • Such derivatives are recognizable to those skilled in the art, without undue experimentation. Nevertheless, reference is made to the teaching of Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 5 th Edition, Vol 1: Principles and Practice, which is incorporated herein by reference to the extent of teaching such derivatives.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates, esters, carbamates and phosphate esters.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates and esters.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts and esters, in particular salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known to those skilled in the art and include basic salts of inorganic and organic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methane sulphonic acid, ethane sulphonic acid, acetic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, phenylacetic acid and mandelic acid.
  • basic salts of inorganic and organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methane sulphonic acid, ethane sulphonic acid, acetic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, phenylacetic acid and
  • the compounds of the present invention may be in the form of and/or may be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • suitable salts see Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1-19.
  • a pharmaceutical acceptable salt may be readily prepared by using a desired acid or base as appropriate.
  • the salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (I) may suitably be formed with a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, for instance, if a substituent group comprises a carboxy moiety.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable cations are well known to those skilled in the art and include alkaline, alkaline earth, ammonium and quaternary ammonium cations.
  • solvates refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry formed by a solute (in this invention, a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof) and a solvent.
  • solvents for the purpose of the invention may not interfere with the biological activity of the solute.
  • suitable solvents include water, methanol, ethanol and acetic acid.
  • the solvent used is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents include water, ethanol and acetic acid.
  • the solvent used is water.
  • a complex with water is known as a “hydrate”. Solvates of the compound of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
  • Rx is chloro.
  • Rg is methyl.
  • m is 0.
  • R 3 is an optionally substituted phenyl (as defined in Formula (I)).
  • m is 0, Rg is methyl, Rx is chloro and R 3 is an optionally substituted phenyl (as defined in Formula (I)).
  • R 2′ is hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC 1-10 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC 1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC 1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted;
  • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O) 2 CF 3 .
  • Rx is chloro.
  • R 1 and R 3 are substituted as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I).
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring, preferably and optionally substituted aryl.
  • Rg is methyl. In a further embodiment, m is 0 or 2.
  • Ry is bromo, iodo, or O—S(O) 2 CF 3 .
  • Rg is methyl
  • suitable alternative bases can include, but are not limited to pyridine, diisopropyl ethyl amine, or pyrrolidone, or combinations thereof.
  • reaction scheme as shown in Scheme 1 and Scheme 3 utilizes tetrahydrofuran as a solvent
  • suitable alternative organic solvents include, but are not limited to chloroform, methylene chloride, acetonitrile, toluene, DMF, or n-methylpyrrolidine, or combinations thereof.
  • reaction temperature of this particular step in the reaction scheme can be varied from room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave conditions.
  • reaction scheme as shown in Scheme 2 and Scheme 4 utilizes chloroform as a solvent
  • suitable alternative organic solvents include, but are not limited to tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride, acetonitrile, toluene, DMF, n-methylpyrrolidine, or dioxane, or combinations thereof.
  • reaction temperature of this particular step in the reaction scheme can be varied from room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave conditions.
  • oxidizing reagent 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid m-cPBA
  • alternative reagents include but are not limited to hydrogen peroxide, sodium periodinate, potassium periodinate, Oxone, OsO4, catalytic tertiary amine N-oxide, peracids, such as aryl peracids, i.e.
  • perbenzoic and the aforementioned m-cPBA, or alkylperacids as such peracetic acid and pertrifluoroacetic acid, oxygen, ozone, organic peroxides, peroxide (H 2 O 2 ), and inorganic peroxides, potassium and zinc permanganate, potassium persulfate.
  • peroxide agents can be used in combination with sodium tungstate, acetic acid or sodium hyperchlorite.
  • the oxidation process may in fact yield Compound 3, or Compound 7, but may also result in the corresponding sulfone, as well as the sulfoxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • This reaction step may use alternative organic solvents other than primary amines or alcohols which include, but are not limited to chloroform, acetone, DMF, THF, acetonitrile, dioxane, or DMSO, or combinations thereof.
  • This reaction step may be conducted at about 0° C. to room temperature.
  • reaction solvent of DMF may alternatively be replaced with other suitable anhydrous organic solvents, which does not contain a nucleophile, which include but are not limited to THF, methylene chloride, acetone, acetonitrile, toluene, chloroform, n-methyl-pyrrolidine, or dioxane, or combinations thereof.
  • This temperature step may be conducted at room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave conditions.
  • aryl or heteroaryl boronic acid or ester intermediates can be synthesized either by the palladium catalyzed coupling of an aryl halide and 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane or the transmetalation of an aryl halide with a Grignard reagent, e.g., isopropylmagnesium bromide followed by a trialkylborate (e.g., triethylborate) in a suitable solvent like THF.
  • a Grignard reagent e.g., isopropylmagnesium bromide followed by a trialkylborate (e.g., triethylborate) in a suitable solvent like THF.
  • the coupling reaction of 2 or 4 may be performed utilizing aryl or heteroaryl organozinc, organocopper, organotin, or other organometallic reagents known to afford cross-coupling products such as 5 or 6 [See for example: Solberg, J.; Undheim, K. Acta Chemica Scandinavia 1989, 62-68, whose disclosure is incorporated by reference herein].
  • Another aspect of the invention is a process to make compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, which comprises reacting a compound of Formula (III), as defined herein with a coupling agent selected from an arylboronic acid, or a heteroarylboronic acid or their corresponding boronic acid esters, with a suitable palladium catalyst to yield a compound of Formula (I).
  • a coupling agent selected from an arylboronic acid, or a heteroarylboronic acid or their corresponding boronic acid esters
  • arylboronic acids, heteroarylboronic acids, or their corresponding boronic acid esters are R 1 -boronic acid or an R 1 -boronic acid ester; e.g. R 1 B(OH) 2 , R 1 B(O—C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , or
  • R 1 , R 10 , and R 20 is as defined for compounds of Formula (I) herein; and r is an integer having a value of 2 to 6.
  • the coupling conditions include the use of appropriate solvents.
  • solvents include, but are not limited to dioxane, THF, DMF, DMSO, NMP, acetone, water, or a combination or a mixture thereof.
  • the solvent is THF/H 2 O, or dioxane/H 2 O.
  • the coupling conditions also include the presence of catalytic amount of catalysts and these catalysts include, but not limited to tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (0), PdCl2, Pd(OAc)2, (CH3CN)2PdCl2, Pd(dppf)2, or [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]-dichloropalladium(II).
  • catalysts include, but not limited to tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (0), PdCl2, Pd(OAc)2, (CH3CN)2PdCl2, Pd(dppf)2, or [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]-dichloropalladium(II).
  • the coupling reaction may or may not require the presence of a base.
  • Suitable bases include, but are not limited to NaHCO 3 , KHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , KOAc or combination or mixture thereof.
  • the base is K 2 CO 3 and KOAc.
  • the coupling reaction may or may not require heating.
  • the heating can be carried out with a regular oil bath or microwave irrediations and the temperature can be varied from room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • the coupling reaction may or may not require a sealed reaction vessal and the internal pressure can be varied from one atmosphere to 100 atmospheres.
  • aryl or heteroaryl boronic acid or ester intermediates containing the R 1 moiety, used in the Suzuki coupling reactions may or may not be commercially available and they can be prepared by utilizing proper methods in the literature known to those with appropriate training. Examples of these methods include, but not limited to palladium catalyzed coupling of an aryl halide and 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane or the transmetalation of an aryl halide with a Grignard reagent, e.g., isopropylmagnesium bromide followed by a trialkylborate (e.g., triethylborate) in a suitable solvent.
  • a Grignard reagent e.g., isopropylmagnesium bromide followed by a trialkylborate (e.g., triethylborate) in a suitable solvent.
  • solvents include, but not limited to CH 2 Cl 2 , chloroform, CH 3 CN, benzene, THF, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, DMSO, DMF, toluene, n-methyl-pyrrolidine, dioxane.
  • the reaction temperature can be varied from ⁇ 78° C. to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • this reaction process step may or may not be performed under suitable microwave irradiation conditions.
  • This reaction may or may not require a sealed reaction vessal and the internal pressure can be varied from one atmosphere to 100 atmospheres.
  • One embodiment of the invention are the arylboronic acids and esters which are generically referred to as R 1 B(OH) 2 , R 1 B(O—C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , or
  • R 10 and R 20 are independently selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl
  • r is an integer having a value of 2 to 6;
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted phenyl, as defined according to Formula (I).
  • the phenyl ring is substituted by one or more times independently at each occurrence by halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ NR d R d′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ C(O)R 12 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(Z)NR 4 R 14 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(Z)OR 8 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v COR a′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(O)H, SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , (CR 10 R 20 ) v OR 8 , ZC(Z)R 11 , N(R 10′ )C(
  • the phenyl ring is substituted by C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , or N(R 10′ )C(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , and optionally another substituent (R 1′ )g, and g is 1 or 2.
  • R b is suitably as defined in Formula (I) herein.
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ NR d R d′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v C(O)R 12 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 .
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, such as CF 3 .
  • the C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b is substituted on the phenyl ring in the 4-position or the 5-position, preferably the 5-position.
  • R 1′ moiety is present, it is preferably in the 2-position, and R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine.
  • the aryl is 4-methyl-N-1,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide, N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide, or 4-methyl-N-propylbenzamide.
  • the phenyl ring is substituted one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times by R 1′ and R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ NR d R d′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ C(O)R 12 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 .
  • the phenyl ring is di-substituted in the 2,4-position.
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, such as CF 3 .
  • the aryl is phenyl, 2-methyl-4-fluorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, or 2-methyl-3-fluorophenyl.
  • Another aspect of the invention is another process to make compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, which comprises reacting a compound of Formula (III), as defined herein utilizing aryl or heteroaryl organozinc, organocopper, organotin, or other organometallic reagents known in the art to afford a cross-coupling product of the desired R1 moiety in the C4 position of the template yielding a compound of Formula (I).
  • This coupling reaction may be performed utilizing aryl or heteroaryl organozinc (e.g., R 1 —ZnBr, R 1 —ZnCl, R 1 —Zn—R 1 ), organocopper [e.g., (R 1 ) 2 —CuLi], organotin (e.g., R 1 —Sn(CH 3 ) 3 , R 1 —Sn(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) 3 ], or other organometallic reagents to afford the cross-coupling product.
  • organozinc e.g., R 1 —ZnBr, R 1 —ZnCl, R 1 —Zn—R 1
  • organocopper e.g., (R 1 ) 2 —CuLi
  • organotin e.g., R 1 —Sn(CH 3 ) 3 , R 1 —Sn(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) 3
  • organozinc e.g., R 1 —ZnBr, R 1 —ZnCl, R 1 —Zn—R 1
  • organocopper e.g., (R 1 ) 2 —CuLi
  • organotin e.g., R 1 —Sn(CH 3 ) 3 , R 1 —Sn(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) 3
  • organometallic reagent is not commercially available, they can readily be prepared by utilizing proper methods, known in the literature.
  • solvents include, but are not limited to dioxane, THF, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether or a combination or a mixture thereof.
  • the coupling reaction may, or may not, require the presence of catalytic amount of a catalyst.
  • catalysts include, but are not limited to tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0), PdCl 2 , Pd(OAc) 2 , (CH 3 CN) 2 PdCl 2 , Pd(dppf) 2 .
  • the reaction temperature can be varied from ⁇ 78° C. to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave irradiation conditions, if needed.
  • This reaction may, or may not, require a sealed reaction vessel and the internal pressure can be varied from one atmosphere to 100 atmospheres.
  • R 1 moiety is as defined for compounds of Formula (I) herein.
  • the R 1 moiety is an optionally substituted aryl ring, preferably a phenyl ring.
  • the phenyl ring is substituted by C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , or N(R 10′ )C(Z)(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b , and optionally another substituent (R 1′ )g, and g is 1 or 2.
  • R b is suitably as defined in Formula (I) herein.
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ NR d R d′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ C(O)R 12 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 .
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, such as CF 3 .
  • the C(Z)N(R 10′ )(CR 10 R 20 ) v R b is substituted on the phenyl ring in the 4-position or the 5-position, preferably the 5-position.
  • R 1′ moiety is present, it is preferably in the 2-position, and R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine.
  • the aryl is 4-methyl-N-1,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide, N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide, or 4-methyl-N-propylbenzamide.
  • the phenyl ring is substituted one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times by R 1 , and R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ NR d R d′ , (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ C(O)R 12 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , or (CR 10 R 20 ) v′ OR 13 .
  • the phenyl ring is di-substituted in the 2,4-position.
  • R 1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C 1-4 alkyl, such as CF 3 .
  • the aryl moiety is a 2-methyl-4-fluorophenyl.
  • Method A is for conversion of 1 to 2.
  • the methods include, but are not limited to condensation with NH 2 OH followed by treatment with thionyl chloride (SOCl 2 ) [e.g., Santilli et al., J. Heterocycl. Chem . (1971), 445-53] or oxidation of —CHO group to —COOH followed by formation of a primary amide (—CONH 2 ) and treatment with POCl 3 .
  • SOCl 2 thionyl chloride
  • Suitable Method A can also be utilized to furnish the conversion of 4 to 3-Scheme 5.
  • LG Leaving groups
  • LG1 Leaving group 1
  • LG2 Leaving group 1
  • LG2 Leaving group 2
  • —OTf Leaving group 1
  • —OH another functional group
  • Method B is for selective displacement of suitable aldehyde 1 or nitrile 2 with an amine (R 3 —NH 2 ).
  • This type of displacement may be achieved using triethylamine and the desired amine R 3 NH 2 in chloroform at room temperature for 10 minutes.
  • the reaction was very effective for a range of alkyl amines (78-95% yield).
  • elevated temperatures (reflux), longer reaction time (24 hours) and presence of NaH (or Na) may be necessary for reaction completion.
  • Use of the base could be omitted when 3 or more equivalent of the desired amine were used.
  • Suitable bases include but are not limited to pyridine, diisopropyl ethylamine or pyrrolidine, which may also be used in an appropriate organic solvent, including but not limited to THF, diethyl ether, DCM, DMF, DMSO, toluene or dioxane.
  • Method C is for the reduction of nitrile 3 to amine 5.
  • 5 may be considered a primary amine (NH 2 ), a secondary amine (because of —NH(R3)) or an amine (as it contains basic nitrogen).
  • This method includes, but is not limited to BH 3 in appropriate organic solvent, such as THF, DCM, toluene, DMSO, diethyl ether or dioxane.
  • Other suitable reduction reagents include but are not limited to NaBH 4 , LAH or DIBAL.
  • Method C may require elevated temperatures (e.g., heating, refluxing or irradiating with microwave).
  • Another example of the method is hydrogenation (H 2 ) in the presence of transition metals (e.g., Pd/C, Raney-Ni, PdCl 2 ).
  • Method D is for the cyclization of 5 to 6.
  • This method requires the presence of a cyclization reagent (e.g., CDI, COCl 2 , tri-phosgene, or phenyl chloroformate methyl chloroformate).
  • a cyclization reagent e.g., CDI, COCl 2 , tri-phosgene, or phenyl chloroformate methyl chloroformate.
  • Presence of a suitable base may help the reaction to go to completion and examples of the base include, but not limited to triethyl amine, diisopropylethylamine or pyrrolidine.
  • Reaction solvent can be DCM, THF, toluene, DMSO, or DMF.
  • LG2 is chloro.
  • LG1 is chloro.
  • Rg is methyl.
  • R 3 is substituted as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I).
  • Rg is methyl. In another embodiment, LG2 is chloro.
  • R 3 is substituted as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I).
  • LG2 is chloro. In another embodiment, Rg is methyl. In another embodiment, LG2 is chloro, Rg is methyl, and R 3 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • Method J is for imine formation to convert compound 13 to a compound of Formula (II) wherein m is 0, compound 14.
  • Strategies include, but are not limited to treatment with an acid including TFA, HOAc, HCl, H 2 SO 4 or a Lewis acid (e.g., AlCl 3 ).
  • This conversion may require elevated temperatures (e.g., heat, solvent reflux, microwave irradiation) in appropriate organic solvents (e.g., THF, CH 2 Cl 2 , toluene, DMSO, CH 3 CN or dioxane).
  • Compounds of Formula (VIII) (compound 13-Scheme 7) may be made by reacting the compound 4 using Method I as described below. Compound 4 may be obtained from compound 1 using Method B as described above.
  • Method I is for urea formation to convert 4 to 13. This can be achieved by following strategies well-established in the art. Strategies include, but are not limited to reaction with suitably substituted isocyanate, such as ClSO 2 NCO (or Me 3 SiNCO) in a aprotic organic solvent, such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, THF, hexane, optionally with a non-nucleophilic base, such as triethylamine, diisopropyl ethylamine, pyridine, followed by reaction with ammonia or H 2 O; or by reaction with COCl 2 (CDI, or triphosgene) or methylchloroformate or other chloroformates in an aprotic organic solvent, such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, THF, hexane, optionally with a non-nucleophilic base, such as triethylamine, diis
  • Another aspect of the invention is a process for making a compound of Formula (III):
  • Y is hydrogen, a metal, a boronic acid derivative, or a trialkyl tin derivative, in an anhydrous organic solvent which does not contain a nucleophile to yield a compound of Formula (III).
  • Y is a trialkyl tin derivative, such as (C 1-4 alkyl) 3 Sn
  • the anhydrous organic solvents include, but are not limited to CH 2 Cl 2 , chloroform, CH 3 CN, benzene, THF, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, DMSO, DMF and toluene.
  • This reaction may or may not require heating (e.g., temperature between r.t. and 300° C.) and the heating can be carried out with, but not limited to a regular oil bath or microwave irradiations;
  • bases include, but are not limited to triethyl amine, diisopropyl ethyl amine, NaH, n-Buli, tert-BuLi, tert-BuOK, Li 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 and pyridine. It is recognized that some of these bases will be incompatible with the organic solvents specified above.
  • This reaction may or may not be carried out in a sealed reaction vessel and the internal pressure may be higher than one atmosphere (e.g., between 1 and 100 atmospheres).
  • This reaction may or may not require the presence of catalytic amount of catalysts containing transition metals (e.g., Pd, Cu, Ni or W).
  • catalysts containing transition metals e.g., Pd, Cu, Ni or W.
  • These catalysts include but are not limited to Pd/C, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 and PdCl 2 .
  • Another aspect of the invention is a process for making a compound of Formula (III),
  • the anhydrous organic solvents include, but are not limited to CH 2 Cl 2 , chloroform, CH 3 CN, benzene, THF, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, DMSO, DMF and toluene, DMF, acetone, toluene, n-methyl-pyrrolidine, or dioxane, or a combination or mixture thereof.
  • This reaction may or may not require heating (e.g., temperature between room temperature and 300° C.) and the heating can be carried out with, but not limited to a regular oil bath or microwave irradiations;
  • bases include, but are not limited to triethyl amine, diisopropyl ethyl amine, NaH, n-Buli, tert-BuLi, tert-BuOK, Li 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 and pyridine. It is recognized that some of these bases will be incompatible with the organic solvents specified above.
  • This reaction may or may not be carried out in a sealed reaction vessel and the internal pressure may be higher than one atmosphere (e.g., between 1 and 100 atmospheres).
  • This reaction may or may not require the presence of catalytic amount of catalysts containing transition metals (e.g., Pd, Cu, Ni or W).
  • catalysts containing transition metals include but are not limited to Pd/C, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 and PdCl 2 . It is recognized that use of these metals is generally not needed for simple transformations.
  • Exemplified compounds of Formula (I) which may be produced using the processes described herein include:
  • Heating of reaction mixtures with microwave irradiations was carried out on either a Smith Creator (purchased from Personal Chemistry, Forboro/MA, now owned by Biotage), a Emrys Optimizer (purchased from Personal Chemistry) or an Explorer (provided by CEM Discover, Matthews/NC) microwave.
  • 3-Fluoro-4-methylbenzoic acid (1.54 g, 0.01 mol) is dissolved in trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (10 mL) and cooled to about 0° C.
  • NIS (2.25 g. 0.01 mol) is added in several portions over a 6 h period while maintaining the reaction temperature at about 0° C. The mixture is allowed to warm to rt. overnight. The reaction mixture is then poured over ice and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ ). The organic layers are washed (Na 2 S 2 O 5 ) and concentrated. The material is carried on crude.
  • N-cyclopropyl-3-fluoro-5-iodo-4-methylbenzamide (0.904 g, 2.83 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (30 mL).
  • Bis-pinicalato-diborane (1.44 g, 2.83 mmol) is added followed by PdCl 2 .dppf (55 mg) and potassium acetate (1.38 g, 14.15 mmol).
  • the mixture are stirred for about 18 h, concentrated in vacuo and purified via flash chromatography to afford N-cyclopropyl-3-fluoro-4-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzamide (60 mg).
  • the reaction mixture was bubbled with N 2 for 5 mins, then microwaved at about 150° C. for about 30 mins.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated.
  • To the concentrated mixture were added DMSO (2 mL), H 2 O (0.5 mL) and AcOH (0.05 mL). Separation via a HPLC then provided the title compound as a white solid (120 mg, 98%).
  • the reaction mixture was bubbled with N 2 for about 5 mins, then microwaved at about 150° C. for about 30 mins.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated.
  • To the concentrated mixture were added DMSO (2 mL), H 2 O (0.5 mL) and AcOH (0.05 mL). Separation via a HPLC then provided the title compound as a white solid (142 mg, 77%).
  • the resulting mixture was degassed with Argon for 5 minutes, mixed with Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (0.232 g, 0.20 mmol) and heated with a preheated oil bath (160° C.) under vigorous stirring for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered through celite, concentrated under vacuum to remove DME. It was then mixed with EtOAc (200 mL) and AcOH (2.5 mL), and shaked. The layers were separated. The organic layer was collected, further washed with brine (70 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, concentrated and purified via a flash chromatography (load column with DCM, mobile phase EtOAc/Hexane) to afford the title compound as a white solid 2.15 g (98%).

Abstract

The present invention is directed to a novel method of preparing of 2,4,8-trisubstituted pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one pharmacophores of Formula (II) or (IIa)
Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00001
wherein
  • G1 is CH2;
  • G2 is CH;
  • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
  • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
  • m is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, or 2;
  • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
    • which comprises reacting a compound of the formula:
Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00002
wherein
  • Ry is chloro, bromo, iodo, O—S(O)2CF3; and
  • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
    with a olefin forming reagent in a suitable base to yield a compound of Formula (II), or (IIa) wherein m=0 and oxidizing the sulphur as necessary or desired.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional application of U.S. Ser. No. 11/388,375, filed 24 Mar. 2006, (now allowed) which claims the benefit of priority from provisional application U.S. Ser. No. 60/665,154, filed 25 Mar. 2005.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates to a novel process to produce pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one containing compounds or 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one containing compounds.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Preparation of 2,4,8-trisubstituted pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one has been demonstrated by a small, but limited, number of methods. In general, these methods either include lengthy synthetic sequence (e.g., more than 5 steps in the longest linear sequence from commercially available starting materials) or are not conducive for use in structure-activity relationship studies [e.g., not amenable to multi-dimensional (> or =2-D) array syntheses]. Doherty, J. B. et al., (Merck, U.S. Pat. No. 6,809,199) discloses an eight-step method to prepare intermediates with structures similar to (II) wherein C4 and N8 have already been substituted with phenyl groups. Mauro, A. et al. (Pharmacia, US 2004/0009993) reported a nine-step method to prepare intermediates with structures similar to (II) wherein C4 is substituted with C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 arylalkyl and N8 has been connected with a phenyl group. Adams, J. L. et al. (SmithKline Beecham: WO 02/059083; WO 03/088972; Tetrahedron Letters, 2003, Vol. 44, pages 4567-4570) discloses a four-step method to prepare intermediates with structures similar to (II) wherein the C4 position has already been substituted via a Suzuki cross coupling reaction and N8 is substituted with alkyl or aryl.
  • However, despite all of these methods there still remains a need for an efficient method to prepare 2,4,8-trisubstituted pyrido[2,3-d]pyridine-7-one that can independently optimize the substituents at C2 and C4.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to the novel compounds of Formula (II):
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00003
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
    • m is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, or 2;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
  • The present invention is also directed to a novel process to make compounds of Formula (II) wherein m=0, which comprises reacting a compound of the formula:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00004
  • wherein
    • Ry is chloro, bromo, iodo, O—S(O)2CF3; and
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
      with a olefin forming reagent in a suitable base to yield a compound of Formula (II), wherein G2 is CH, which may optionally be reduced to a compound of Formula (IIa) under standard reducing conditions if desired.
  • The present invention is also directed to the novel compounds of Formula (V)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00005
  • wherein
    • Ry is bromo, iodo, O—S(O)2CF3; and
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl.
  • The present invention is also directed to novel compounds of Formula (III):
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00006
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
    • X is R2, OR2′, S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)C(O)R2′, (CH2)n′NR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), or N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′;
    • X1 is N(R1′), O, S(O)m, or CR10R20;
    • Rh is selected from an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, —CH2—C(O)—CH2—, —CH2CH2—O—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—C(O)N(R10′)CH2—CH2—, —CH2—N(R10′)C(O)CH2—, —CH2—CH(OR10′)—CH2, —CH2—C(O)O—CH2—CH2—, or —CH2—CH2—O—C(O)CH2—;
    • Rq and Rq′ are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl-C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, wherein all of the moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted, or Rq and Rq′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 to 7 membered optionally substituted ring, which ring may contain an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur;
    • R2 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or R2 is the moiety (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or C(A1)(A2)(A3);
    • R2′ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted;
    • R2″ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10-alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or
      • wherein R2″ is the moiety (CR10R20)tX1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3);
    • A1 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl;
    • A2 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C10 alkyl;
    • A3 is hydrogen or is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl;
    • R3 is a C10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • R4 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocylic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or the R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen;
    • R10 and R20 are independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • R10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • R11 is independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • n′ is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
    • m is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
    • q is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
    • q′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 6; or
    • t is an integer having a value of 2 to 6.
  • The present invention is also directed to a process for making a compound Formula (III) or (IIIa), which comprises reacting a compound of formula (II) or (IIa)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00007
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
    • m is an integer having a value of 1, or 2;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
      with the compound X—Y,
    • wherein X is R2, OR2′, S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)C(O)R2′, (CH2)nNR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), or N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′; and R2, R2′, m, n′, R11, R10′, Rh and RqRq′ are as defined according to Formula (III) herein; and
      • Y is hydrogen, a metal, a boronic acid derivative, or a trialkyl tin derivative, in an anhydrous organic solvent which does not contain a nucleophile to yield a compound of Formula (III); provided that
      • when Y is hydrogen then
        • a) X=OR2′, or X is S(O)mR2′ (and m=0); or
        • b) X is (CH2)n′N(R10′)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R10′)C(O)R2′, (CH2)n′NR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″) and n′=0; or
        • c) X=R2 and R2=(CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), q′=0, and X1 is N(R10′), O, S(O)m and m=0.
        • d) when X is N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′; and
      • when Y is a metal, such as Li, Mg, or any other appropriate metal or metal complexes; then
        • a) X is R2, and R2 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety; and
      • when Y is a boronic acid, (B(OH)2) or boronic ester derivatives
        • a) X=R2, and R2=aryl, or heteroaryl; and
      • when Y is a trialkyl tin derivative, such as (C1-4 alkyl)3Sn, then
        • a) X=R2, and R2=aryl, or heteroaryl.
    DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is an alternative process for preparation of compounds having a pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one template or a 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives.
  • This novel process provides for facile variation of the C4 position in the both of these templates, and therefore ease of use in the making of a combinatorial array.
  • The process as will be described herein provides for different (R1) substituents to be introduced at the C4 position of the compounds with the general structure of Formula I, late in a synthetic sequence after the pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one or the 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one template has already been substituted with a substituent (“X” in Formula J) at the C2 position and with another substituent (“R3” in Formula I) at the N8 position.
  • Generically the reaction is:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00008
  • wherein W is a leaving group such as chlorine, bromine, iodine, OS(O)CF3; and R1, R3 and X are as defined in Formula (I).
  • Compounds of Formula (I) are represented by the structure:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00009
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2, or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • R1 is an aryl, aryl C2-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkyl; aryl C2-10 alkenyl, arylC2-10 alkynyl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkenyl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkynyl, C2-10alkenyl, or C2-10 alkynyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • X is R2, OR2′, S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R10′)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R10′)C(O)R2′, (CH2)n′NR4R14, (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), or N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′;
    • X1 is N(R11), O, S(O)m, or CR10R20;
    • Rh is selected from an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, —CH2—C(O)—CH2—, —CH2CH2—O—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—C(O)N(R10′)CH2—CH2—, —CH2—N(R10′)C(O)CH2—, —CH2—CH(OR10′)—CH2, —CH2—C(O)O—CH2—CH2—, or —CH2—CH2—O—C(O)CH2—;
    • Rq and Rq′ are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl-C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, wherein all of the moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted, or Rq and Rq′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 to 7 membered optionally substituted ring, which ring may contain an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur;
    • R2 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or
    • R2 is the moiety (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or (CR10R20)q′C(A1)(A2)(A3);
    • R2′ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted;
    • R2″ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or
      • wherein R2″ is the moiety (CR10R20)tX1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3);
    • A1 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl;
    • A2 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl;
    • A3 is hydrogen or is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl;
    • R3 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • R4 and R14 are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or the R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen;
    • R10 and R20 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • R10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • R11 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • n′ is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
    • m is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
    • q is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
    • q′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 6;
    • t is an integer having a value of 2 to 6; or
      a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or physiologically functional derivative thereof.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) having a similar template are described in WO 01/64679, WO 02/059083, and WO 03/088972 whose disclosures are incorporated by reference in their entirety herein.
  • It should be noted that the difference between compounds of Formula (I) and (Ia), as well as (II) and (IIa), (III) and (IIIa) lie in the unsaturation of the ring at the C5 position and the 6-position of the ring which may be a carbon or a nitrogen. The remaining variables on the ring are the same otherwise, e.g. Rx, R1, R3, etc. for each formula. Unless otherwise specified, the substitution applicable to Formula (I) is also applicable to Formula (IIa), etc.
  • For all of the formulas herein having an R1 substitutent, R1 is suitably an aryl, aryl C2-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkyl; aryl C2-10 alkenyl, arylC2-10 alkynyl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkenyl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkynyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-10 alkynyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted.
  • In one embodiment R1 is an optionally substituted aryl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl ring. Preferably, R1 is an optionally substituted aryl, more preferably an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R1 may be substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, (CR10R20)v′NRdRd′, (CR10R20)v′C(O)R12, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, (CR10R20)v′OR13, (CR10R20)vC(Z)NR4R4, (CR10R20)vC(Z)OR8, (CR10R20)vCORa′, (CR10R20)vC(O)H, ZC(Z)R11, N(R10′)C(Z)R11, N(R10′)S(O)2R7, C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, C(Z)O(CR10R20)vRb, N(R10′)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb; N(R10)C(Z)N(R10)(CR10R20)vRb; or N(R10′)OC(Z)(CR10R20)vRb.
  • Suitably, Rb is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10-alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, which moieties excluding hydrogen, may all be optionally substituted.
  • In one embodiment of the invention when the R1 moiety is phenyl, and the phenyl ring is substituted by the moiety (R1″) wherein R1″ is selected from C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, C(Z)O(CR10R20)vRb, N(R10′)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb, N(R10′)C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, or N(R10′)OC(Z)(CR10R20)vRb. The phenyl ring may also be additionally substituted by the substituent (R1′)g, wherein g is 0 or an integer having a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4. In one embodiment of the invention, g is 0, 1 or 2. When the R1 moiety is substituted by R1″ then these substituents are preferably in the 3- or 4-position of the phenyl ring.
  • Suitably, the R1′ moiety is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)v′NRdRd′, (CR10R20)v′ C(O)R12, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, or (CR10R20)v′OR13.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, R1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, or N(R10)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb, and R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, such as CF3. In a further embodiment R1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring.
  • In another embodiment of the invention R1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, and R1 is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
  • In one embodiment, R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl. In another embodiment, R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from fluorine, chlorine, methyl, or CF3. In a further embodiment R1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring.
  • In one embodiment, R1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring, optionally substituted one or more times by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl. More preferably, the phenyl ring is substituted in the 2, 4, or 6-position, or di-substituted in the 2,4-position, such as 2-fluoro, 3-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 2,4-difluoro, or 2-methyl-4-fluoro; or tri-substituted in the 2,4,6-position such as 2,4,6-trifluoro.
  • In another embodiment R1 is an aryl moiety, preferably a phenyl ring, optionally substituted one or more times by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, (CR10R20)v′OR13, (CR10R20)vC(Z)NR4R14, C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, and (CR10R20)vC(Z)OR8. In one embodiment, R8 is hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl, R13 is hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl; Rb is suitably hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl substituted by 2-methoxy, 3-methoxy, 4-methoxy, 2-chloro, 3-chloro, 4-chloro, 2-fluoro, 3-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 4-difluoro, 2,4,6-trifluoro, 3,4-difluoro, 3,5-difluoro, 2-methyl-4-fluoro, 2-methyl-4-chloro, 2-methylsulfanyl, 3-methylsulfanyl, 4-methylsulfanyl, 2-phenyl, 3-phenyl, 4-phenyl, 2-methyl, 3-methyl, 4-methyl, 3-fluoro-4-phenyl, 2-hydroxy, 3-hydroxy, 4-hydroxy, 2-methylsulfonyl, 3-methylsulfonyl, 4-methylsulfonyl, 3-N-cyclopropylamide, 2-methyl-3-fluoro-5-N-cyclopropylamide, 2-C(O)OH, 3-C(O)OH, 4-C(O)OH, 2-methyl-5-C(O)OH, 2-methyl-3-C(O)OH, 2-methyl-4-C(O)OH, 2-methyl-3-F-5-C(O)OH, 4-F-phenyl1-amide, 2-ethyl-5-C(O)OH, 2-ethyl-3-C(O)OH, 2-ethyl-4-C(O)OH, 2-methyl-5-dimethylamide, 2-methyl-4-dimethylamide, 5-dimethylamide, and 4-dimethylamide.
  • A preferred R1 moiety is 4-methyl-N-1,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide, N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide, 4-methyl-N-propylbenzamide, 4-methyl-N-isopropylbenzamide, 2-methyl-4-fluorophenyl, or 2-methyl-3-fluorophenyl, and 2-methyl-4-chlorophenyl.
  • Suitably, when R1 is a heteroaryl moiety, the ring is not attached to the pharmacophore via one of the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen to form a charged ring. For instance, a pyridinyl ring would be attached through a carbon atom to yield a 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl moiety, which is optionally substituted.
  • If R1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, C(Z)O(CR10R20)vRb, or N(R10′)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb; N(R10)C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb; N(R10′)OC(Z)(CR10R20)vRb; it is preferably in the 4 or 5 position of the ring. If the ring is additionally substituted by R1′, and R1 is a phenyl ring, then the additional substituents are present in the ortho position, if a second R1′ moiety is also substituted on the ring, then preferably, this second R1′ substitution is not in the other ortho position.
  • Suitably, Ra′ is C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl, (CR10R20)vOR7, (CR10R20)vS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)vN(R10′)S(O)2R7, or (CR10R20)vNR4R14; and wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl may be optionally substituted.
  • Suitably, Rd and Rd′ are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C3-5 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, or the Rd and Rd′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′, and wherein the Rd and Rd′ moieties which are C1-4 alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, and the R4 and R14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted, 1 to 4 times, independently by halogen; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-14alkyl; C1-4 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)mRf; C(O)Rj; C(O)ORj; C(O)NR4′R14′, NR4′C(O)C1-4alkyl; S(O)2NR4′R14′C1-4 alkyl; NR4′R14′S(O)2C1-4 alkyl; or NR4′R14′.
  • Suitably R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl.
  • Suitably, Z is independently at each occurrence selected from oxygen or sulfur.
  • Suitably, m is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
  • Suitably, v is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 2.
  • Suitably, v′ is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
  • Suitably, R10 and R20 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl.
  • Suitably, R10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl.
  • Suitably, R11 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl.
  • Suitably, R12 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-4 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl C1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted.
  • Suitably, R13 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl C1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or a heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times by halogen; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; C1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-4alkyl; C1-4alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)mC1-4 alkyl; —C(O), C(O)C1-4 alkyl; or NR21′R31′.
  • Suitably, R21′ and R31′ are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R21′ and R31′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached cyclize to form a 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur.
  • The Rb moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted, one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times independently at each occurrence by halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; OR8, such as methoxy, ethoxy or phenoxy; SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, such as methyl thio, methylsulfinyl or methyl sulfonyl; C(O)Rj; C(O)ORj; C(O)NR4″R14″; cyano; nitro; NR15R25; -Z′-(CR10R20)s-Z′; C1-10alkyl; such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-butyl, etc.; C3-7cycloalkyl or a C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl group, such as cyclopropyl, or cyclopropyl methyl, or cyclopropyl ethyl, etc.; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl, such CF2CF2H, CH2CF3, or CF3; an optionally substituted aryl, such as phenyl, or an optionally substituted aryl C1-10alkyl, such as benzyl or phenethyl; an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, and wherein these aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • Suitably, when Rb is an optionally substituted C1-10alkyl, the moiety includes but is not limited to a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, heptyl, 2-methylpropyl; a halosubstituted alkyl, such as 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl; a cyano substituted alkyl, such as cyanomethyl, cyanoethyl; an alkoxy, thio or hydroxy substituted alkyl, such as 2-methoxy-ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl or serinol, or an ethylthioethyl.
  • In an alternative embodiment, when Rb is an optionally substituted C1-10alkyl the moiety is a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-butyl, or 2,2-dimethylpropyl or 2-hydroxy propyl group.
  • Suitably, when Rb is an optionally substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl they are as defined in the definition section, and include but are not limited, to furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, and uracil, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, and phthalazinyl.
  • Suitably, when Rb is an optionally substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclic alkyl, they are as defined in the definition section,
  • In one embodiment of the invention, when Rb is an optionally substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heterocyclic or heterocyclic alkyl, the moiety is a 1,3-thiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl, isoquinoline, 3-thiophene, indol-5-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridine-4-yl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-5-yl, pyrazol-3-yl, 4-morpholino, 2-furanyl, 2-furanylmethyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thienylmethyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl methyl, tetrahydro-2-furanyl, or tetrahydro-2-furanylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-yl or 1H-imidazol-4-ylethyl.
  • In an alternative embodiment, when Rb is an optionally substituted heteroaryl the moiety is a 1,3-thiazol-2-yl or 5-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl, isoquinolinyl, thiophene, pyridinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, e.g. 2-methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-5-yl.
  • In another embodiment, the heteroaryl ring is an optionally substituted thiazolyl, pyridyl, or thiophene ring.
  • Suitably, when Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or arylalkyl moiety, the aryl containing is unsubstituted or substituted independently at each occurrence one or more times by halogen, alkyl, cyano, OR8, SR5, S(O)2R5, C(O)Rj, C(O)ORj, -Z′-(CR10R20)s-Z′, halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl, or an optionally substituted aryl.
  • In one embodiment, Rb is a phenyl, or napthylene, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorphenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 2-methyl phenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 6-methyl phenyl, 2-methyl phenyl, 3-amino phenyl, 3,4-dimethyl phenyl, 4-methyl-3-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluorophenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-thiomethylphenyl, 4-acetylphenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl, 2,3-difluoro-benzyl, 3,5-difluoro-benzyl, biphenyl, 4′-fluorobiphenyl, 4-sulfonamindo-2-methylphenyl, or 3-phenyloxyphenyl, 4-phenyloxyphenyl, 4-(1-piperidinylsulfonyl)-phenyl, or 3-(aminocarbonyl)phenyl.
  • In another embodiment, Rb is a phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 4-methyl-3-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-thiomethylphenyl, 4-acetylphenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, biphenyl, 4′-fluorobiphenyl, 4-sulfonamindo-2-methylphenyl, 3-phenyloxyphenyl, benzyl, or phenethyl.
  • Suitably, when Rb is an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or cycloalkyl alkyl moiety, the moiety is a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, or a cyclopentylmethyl. In another embodiment, Rb is a cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl group.
  • In another embodiment, Rb is hydrogen, or an optionally substituted alkyl.
  • In another embodiment, Rb is C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, or aryl, all optionally substituted.
  • The moiety -Z′-(CR10R20)s-Z′ forms a cyclic ring, such as a dioxalane ring.
  • Suitably Z′ is independently selected at each occurrence from oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitably, R5 is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3.
  • For each of the integer variables where appropriate, e.g. n, n′, m, q′, s, t, or v′, etc. they are independently chosen at each occurrence.
  • Suitably, R5 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl or NR4′R14′, excluding the moieties SR5 being SNR4′R14′, S(O)2R5 being SO2H and S(O)R5 being SOH.
  • Suitably, Rf is hydrogen, C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-10alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted.
  • Suitably, Rj is C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-10alkyl moiety.
  • Suitably, R8 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-4 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl C1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or a heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted independently at each occurrence, 1 to 4 times, by halogen; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; C1-4 alkyl; C3-5cycloalkyl; C3-5cycloalkyl C1-4alkyl; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-14alkyl; C1-14alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)mC1-4 alkyl; —C(O), C(O)C1-4 alkyl; NR21′R31′; or an aryl or aryl C1-4 alkyl, and wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times independently at each occurrence, by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, S(O)mC1-4alkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • Suitably, R15 and R25 are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4-alkyl, aryl, or aryl-C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen may be optionally substituted; or R15 and R25 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9; and wherein these moieties are optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5; C(O)Rj; C(O)ORj; C(O)NR4′R14′; NR4′C(O)C1-10alkyl; NR4′C(O)aryl; NR4′R14′; cyano; nitro; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic and heterocyclicC1-4 alkyl and wherein these aryl, heterocyclic and heteroaryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • Suitably, R4 and R14 are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl; or the R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein the C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moieties, and the R4 and R14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted, 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence, by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10alkyl; SR5; S(O)R5; S(O)2R5; C(O)Rj; C(O)ORj; C(O)NR4′R14′; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NRdRd′; NR4′C(O)C1-10alkyl; NR4′C(O)aryl; NR4′R14′; cyano; nitro; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10alkyl; C1-10alkyl substituted one or more times by an optionally substituted aryl; an unsubstituted or substituted aryl, or arylC1-4 alkyl; an unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl; an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic, or heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, and wherein these aryl, heterocyclic and heteroaryl containing moieties are substituted one to two times independently at each occurrence by halogen; C1-4 alkyl, hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-4 alkyl; C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)malkyl; amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, or CF3.
  • Suitably, when R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen cyclize to form an optionally substituted ring, such as described above, such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, diazepine, azepine, morpholine, and thiomorpholine (including oxidizing the sulfur).
  • Suitably, R4′ and R14′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R4′ and R14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′. Suitably, when R4′ and R14′ cyclize to form an optionally substituted ring, such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, and thiomorpholine (including oxidizing the sulfur).
  • Suitably, R4″ and R14″ are each independently selected from hydrogen or C1-10 alkyl, or R4″ and R14″ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′. Suitably, when R4″ and R14 cyclize to form an optionally substituted ring, such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, diazepine, azepine, morpholine, and thiomorpholine (including oxidizing the sulfur).
  • Suitably, R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC10 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen may be optionally substituted independently, one or more times, suitably 1 to 2 times, by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; S(O)m alkyl; C(O); NR4′R14′; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; an unsubstituted aryl or arylalkyl, or an aryl or arylalkyl substituted one or two times by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • Suitably, R9 is hydrogen, C(Z)R6, optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aryl-C1-4 alkyl. The alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl moieties may be optionally substituted 1 or 2 times, independently by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; S(O)m alkyl; —C(O); NR4′R14′; C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; an aryl or aryl C1-4 alkyl, and wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one or two times independently by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)mC1-14 alkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • Suitably, R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by hydrogen, halogen, nitro, C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenylC1-10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)S(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nNR16R26, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nS(O)2 NR16R26, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NR16R26, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(═N(R10′)NR16R26, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)NR16R26, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NR16R26, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7.
  • In one embodiment, the R3 moieties are optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, nitro, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, C5-6cycloalkenyl, C5-6cycloalkenylC1-4 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nNHS(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nS(O)2NR16R26, (CR10R20)nNR16R26, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)R6, or (CR10R20)nC(Z)NR16R26.
  • In one embodiment the R3 moieties are optionally substituted independently, one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-10alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)nNR16R26, or halosubstituted C1-10alkyl. Further to this embodiment, R3 is a phenyl ring, optionally substituted independently, one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-10 alkyl, hydroxy, C1-10 alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, or halosubstituted C10 alkyl. In another embodiment, the R3 substituents are selected independently from halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, or C1-10 alkyl, such as methyl.
  • In one embodiment the R3 moieties are an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkylalkyl, or optionally substituted aryl. In another embodiment, the R3 moiety is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, or an optionally substituted aryl. In another embodiment, R3 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • Suitably, in one embodiment when R3 is an aryl moiety, it is an optionally substituted phenyl ring. The phenyl is optionally substituted one or more times, independently at each occurrence, suitably 1 to 4 times by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl. The phenyl ring may be substituted in the 2, 4, or 6-position, or di-substituted in the 2,4-position or 2,6-position, such as 2-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 2,4-difluoro, 2,6-difluoro, or 2-methyl-4-fluoro; or tri-substituted in the 2,4,6-position, such as 2,4,6-trifluoro.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the R3 optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, or halosubstituted alkyl. In another embodiment, the optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, or alkyl.
  • Suitably, R7 is C1-6alkyl, aryl, arylC1-6alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6alkyl; and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted one or two times independently, by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; S(O)m alkyl; C(O); NR4R14′; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; an aryl or arylalkyl moiety, and wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • Suitably, R16 and R26 are each independently selected from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl; or the R16 and R26 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′.
  • Suitably, n is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10, and is independently selected at each occurrence.
  • Suitably, X is R2, OR2″, S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)C(O)R2′, (CH2)n′NR4R14, (CH2)n′N(R2″)(R2″), or N(R10′)RhNH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′.
  • Suitably, n′ is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
  • Suitably, Rh is selected from an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, —CH2CH2—O—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2—C(O)N(R10′)CH2—CH2—, —CH2—N(R10′)C(O)CH2—, —CH2—CH(OR10′)—CH2—, —CH2—C(O)O—CH2—CH2—, or —CH2—CH2—O—C(O)CH2—.
  • Suitably, Rq and Rq′ are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl-C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, wherein all of the moieties are optionally substituted, or Rq and Rq′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 to 7 membered optionally substituted ring, which ring may contain an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur.
  • Suitably, X1 is N(R10′), O, S(O)m, or CR10R20. In one embodiment of the invention, X1 is N(R10′), or O.
  • Suitably, R2 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylC1-10alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocyclyl C1-10alkyl moiety; or R2 is the moiety (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or (CR10R20)q′C(A1)(A2)(A3).
  • Suitably q′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 6.
  • Suitably q is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10.
  • The R2 moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl C1-10 alkyl, halogen, —C(O), cyano, nitro, aryl, aryl C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)S(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, (CR10R20)nNReRe′C1-4alkyl NReRe′, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nS(O)2NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nC(Z) NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(═N(R10′))NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(═NOR6)NReRe′, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z) NReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7.
  • Suitably, Re and Re′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted; or Re and Re′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein each of these moieties, including the cyclized ring and excluding hydrogen, may be substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; S(O)mRf′; C(O)Rj; C(O)ORj; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NRdRd′; C(O)NR4R14′; NR4′C(O)C1-10alkyl; NR4′C(O)aryl; cyano; nitro; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; aryl, arylC1-4alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, or hetero C1-4 alkyl, and wherein these aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl containing moieties may be optionally substituted one to two times independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • Suitably, Rf′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10alkyl or NR4′R14′, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, and NR4′R14′, may be optionally substituted.
  • In one embodiment of the present invention X is R2, OR2′, (CH2)n′NR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″). In another embodiment of the present invention, X is R2, and R2 is (CR10R20)q′X1 (CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or (CR10R20)q′C(A1)(A2)(A3).
  • When X is R2 and R2 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclic alkyl, the heterocyclic containing moiety is suitably selected from tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety).
  • In one embodiment, R2 is an optionally substituted piperidinyl or piperazinyl ring.
  • In another embodiment, when R2 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclic alkyl ring the ring is substituted one or mores times independently by an optionally substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclic alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkyl, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7. The second heterocyclic ring is suitably selected from an optionally substituted tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, diazepine, morpholino or thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety). Suitably, the second heterocyclic ring is selected from morpholino, piperidine, or pyrrolidinyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is a 4-amino-1-piperidinyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]-carbonyl}amino)-1-piperidinyl, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-ethyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-propyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-butyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-(methylamino)-1-piperidinyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl-4-piperidinyl}methylcarbamate, 4-phenyl-1-piperazinyl, 1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 4-(4-morpholinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-(diphenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl, or 4-methylhexahydro-1H-1,4-diazepin-1-yl.
  • Suitably, R2′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclyl C1-10alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently, at each occurrence, by C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenylC1-10-alkyl, halogen, —C(O), cyano, nitro, aryl, aryl C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-10-alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)S(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, (CR10R20)nNReRe′C1-4alkylNReRe′, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nS(O)2NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(═N(R10′))NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(═NOR6) NReRe′, (CR10R20)nOC(Z) NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7.
  • In one embodiment, when X is (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″), one of R2′ or R2″, is hydrogen, or methyl.
  • In one embodiment, when R2′ is an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl the heterocyclic containing moiety is substituted one or more time independently by C1-10 alkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7, or (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6. More specifically, methyl, ethyl, NHC(O)O—CCH3, N(CH3)C(O)O—CCH3, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, phenyl, piperidine, pyrrolidine, 1-ethylpropyl, 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, morpholino,
  • In one embodiment, when X is (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″), R2′ is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclyl C1-10 alkyl, heteroarylalkyl. Suitably, when R2′ is an optionally substituted cycloalkyl it is an a cyclohexyl ring. In one embodiment the cyclohexyl ring is optionally substituted one or more times by (CR10R20)nNReRe′.
  • Suitably, when R2′ is an optionally substituted heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl, the ring is selected from tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, diazepine, hexahydro-1-H-azepine, morpholino or thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety). Preferably, the ring is a piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, hexahydro-1-H-azepine ring. In one embodiment, the rings are substituted one or more times, suitably 1 to 4 times, independently by C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7.
  • In one embodiment, (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″) is 1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinamine, 2-[4-(phenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]ethylamine, 2-(1-piperidinyl)ethylamine, 2-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)ethylamine, 1-[(phenylmethyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl]amine, 3-[(1-pyrrolidinyl)propyl]amine, 3-[(hexahydro-1H-azepin-1-yl)propyl]amine, (1-methyl-4-piperidinyl)amine, 3-[(4-morpholinyl)propyl]amine, 3-[(2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)propyl]-amine, 2-[(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]amine, 2-[(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]-amine, or [(1-ethyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)methyl]amino.
  • In one embodiment when X is (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″), and R2′ is an optionally substituted C1-10alkyl, the alkyl is substituted one or more times independently by (CR10R20)nNReRe′ or (CR10R20)nNReRe′C1-4alkylNReRe′. In one embodiment Re and Re′ are independently an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, or t-butyl. Preferably, (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″) is 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, propylamine, (2,2-dimethylpropyl)amine, (2-hydroxypropyl)amino, 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamine, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amine, 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, 2-(methylamino)ethylamine, [(1-methylethyl)amino]ethylamine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, 3-(dibutylamino)propylamine, 3-[(1-methylethyl)amino]propylamine, 3-(1,1-dimethylethyl)aminopropylamine, 3-(dimethylamino)-2,2-dimethylpropylamine, 4-(diethylamino)-1-methylbutylamine, or 3-[[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-(methyl)amino]propyl(methyl)amine.
  • Suitably R2″ is selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence, by C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl C1-10 alkyl, halogen, —C(O), cyano, nitro, aryl, aryl C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclyl C1-10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)S(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, (CR10R20)nNReRe′C1-4alkyl NReRe′, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nS(O)2 NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(═N(R10′) NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(═NOR6) NReRe′, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; or wherein R2″ is the moiety (CR10R20)tX1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3);
  • Suitably, t is an integer having a value of 2 to 6.
  • Suitably, q is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10.
  • Suitably, A1 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl.
  • Suitably, A2 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl.
  • Suitably, A3 is hydrogen or is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl.
  • The A1, A2, and A3 C1-10 alkyl moieties may optionally substituted one or more times independently at each occurrence, preferably from 1 to 4 times, with halogen, such as chlorine, fluorine, bromine, or iodine; halo-substituted C1-10alkyl, such as CF3, or CHF2CF3; C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl C1-10alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)S(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nNR4R14, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nS(O)2NR4R14, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NR4R14, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(z)R6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(═N(R10′)NR4R14, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)NR4R14, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NR4R14, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, X is R2, and R2 is (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or (CR10R20)q′C(A1)(A2)(A3). In a further embodiment, q′ is 0.
  • In another embodiment when R2 is the moiety (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), q′ is 0, X1 is nitrogen, q is 0 or 1, A1 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic or heterocyclic alkyl, and A2 is an optionally substituted aryl. More specifically, R2 is 2-phenyl-2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]amino, or 1-phenyl-2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]amino. In another embodiment, A1 is an optionally substituted aryl or arylalkyl, and A2 is an optionally substituted aryl or arylalkyl.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, one or more of the A1, A2 and A3 moieties are substituted with (CR10R20)nOR6—In another embodiment of the invention, the R6 substituent Fin (CR10R20)nOR6 is hydrogen.
  • In yet another embodiment of the present invention, X is R2 and R2 is C(A1)(A2)(A3), such as CH(CH2OH)2, or C(CH3)(CH2OH)2; or X1(CR10R20)qCH(CH2OH)2, or XI (CR10R20)qC(CH3)(CH2OH)2; and further wherein X1 is oxygen or nitrogen.
  • In another embodiment X is S(O)mR2′, (CH2)nNR4R14, or (CH2)nN(R2)(R2′). In yet another embodiment, X is (CH2)nNR4R14, or (CH2)nN(R2)(R2′).
  • Suitably, when X is (CH2)nNR4R14, and R4 and R14 are C1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl, the C1-4 alkyl may be substituted one or more times, independently at each occurrence with NR4′R14′; halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, C(O)NR4′R14′; or NR4C(O) C1-10alkyl. Preferably, the C1-4 alkyl is substituted with NR4′R14′.
  • In one embodiment at least one of R4 and R14 may be hydrogen when R4 and R14 are not cyclized. In another embodiment neither R4 nor R14 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment when X is (CH2)nNR4R14, one of R4 and R14 are hydrogen, and the other is an optionally substituted heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl. Suitably, the optionally substituted heteroaryl alkyl is an imidazolyl alkyl, such as a 1H-imidazol-2-yl-methyl group.
  • In one embodiment when X is (CH2)nNR4R14 and one of R4 and R14 is a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety, then the heteroaryl ring is selected from thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, and benzothiazolyl. Suitably, the heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl is selected from pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, and benzothiazolyl.
  • In another embodiment when X is (CH2)nNR4R14 and one of R4 and R14 is a heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl moiety, then the heterocyclic ring is selected from tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholino. Suitably, the heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl moiety is selected from pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholino.
  • In another embodiment when X is (CH2)nNR4R14 and R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen cyclize to form an optionally substituted ring, such as described above, such rings include, but are not limited to pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, diazepine, and morpholine. In one embodiment when X is (CH2)nNR4R14, the R4 and R14 substituents cyclize to form a heterocyclic 5 or 6 membered ring, which ring is optionally substituted as defined herein. When the R4 and R14 substituents cyclize to form a 4 to 7 membered ring, the optional substitutents are suitably selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7, NR4′R14′, or a C1-10 alkyl substituted one or more times by an optionally substituted aryl. Such substitutents more specifically include phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperazinyl, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, piperidinyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl, 5-chloro-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl, diphenylmethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, amino, methylamino, and dimethylamino.
  • In one embodiment the X substituent is a 1,4′-bipiperin-1-yl ring which may be optionally substituted such as in 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperin-1-yl; 4-piperidinylamino, 4-amino-1-piperidinyl, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)amino, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, (4-morpholinyl)-1-piperidinyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-ethyl-1-piperazinyl, (2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1-piperidinyl, 5-chloro-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-(diphenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl, 4-methylhexahydro-1H-1,4-diazepin-1-yl, 4-propyl-1-piperazinyl, or 4-butyl-1-piperazinyl.
  • In another embodiment, when X is (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″), and R2′ is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl moiety, and the alkyl is substituted by (CR10R20)nNReRe′, and Re and Re′ are hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl. Suitably, the X moiety is 3-(diethylamino)propylamino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino, 1-methylethyl)amino-propylamino, (1,1-dimethylethyl)aminopropylamino, (1-methylethyl)aminoethylamino, 2-(methylamino)ethylamino, 2-aminoethyl(methyl)amino, or a 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amino.
  • In another embodiment when X is (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″), and R2, moiety is an optionally substituted heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, the heteroaryl moiety is suitably an optionally substituted imidazole.
  • In one embodiment at least one of R4 and R14 may be hydrogen when R4 and R14 are not cyclized. In another embodiment neither R4 and R14 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment R3 is a 2,6-difluoro phenyl, R1 is a phenyl ring substituted by and R1 is selected from C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, or C(Z)O(CR10R20)vRb, or N(R10′)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb and also substituted by R1′ independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl; g is 1 or 2. Preferably, R1 is substituted by C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb and R1′ independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl. In another embodiment, the Rb moiety is selected from thiazolyl, C1-10 alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl. In another embodiment the Rb moiety is propyl or 4-fluorophenyl.
  • In another embodiment, X is suitably selected from (1H-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)amino or 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)amino, 4-amino-1-piperidinyl, 3-(diethylamino)propylamino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amino, 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino, 1-methylethyl)amino-propylamino, (1,1-dimethylethyl)aminopropylamino, (1-methylethyl)aminoethylamino, 2-(methylamino)ethylamino, 2-aminoethyl(methyl)amino, or 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amino.
  • In one embodiment, R3 is a 2,6-difluoro phenyl, R1 is phenyl, R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl; g is 1 or 2; and the phenyl ring is also substituted in the 3- or 4-position by C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, Rb moiety is C1-10 alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl, preferably propyl or 4-fluorophenyl, X is (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″), and n is 0. In another embodiment, X is (CH2)nN(R2′)(R2″), R2″ is hydrogen, n is 0, and R2′ is an alkyl substituted by (CR10R20)nNReRe′. In a further embodiment, Re and Re′ are independently selected from an optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, or t-butyl, preferably ethyl.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, for compounds of Formula (I) the X term may also be the B-Non-Ar-cyc moiety as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,809,199 whose disclosure is incorporated by reference herein.
  • As represented by the disclosure in U.S. Pat. No. 6,809,199, Non-Ar—Cyc is suitably selected from;
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00010
  • wherein
  • d is an integer having a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • d′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • d″ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • e is 0, or is an integer having a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • e′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • e″ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • f is 0, or is an integer having a value of 1, 2, or 3;
  • d+e is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
  • d′+e″=d
  • e′+e″=m
  • Suitably, R7′, R77 and R77″, are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl-group, C2-6 alkenyl-group, C4-6 cycloalkyl-C0-6 alkyl-group, N(C0-4 alkyl)(C0-4 alkyl)-C1-4 alkyl-N(C0-4 alkyl)-group, —N(C0-4 alkyl)(C0-4 alkyl) group, C1-3 alkyl-CO—C0-4 alkyl-group, C0-6 alkyl-O—C(O)—C0-4 alkyl-group, C0-6alkyl-C(O)—O—C0-4alkyl-group, N(C0-4 alkyl)(C0-4 alkyl)-(C0-4 alkyl)C(O)(C0-4 alkyl)-group, phenyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, pyridyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, pyrimidinyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, pyrazinyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, thiophenyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, pyrazolyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, imidazolyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, triazolyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, azetidinyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, pyrrolidinyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, isoquinolinyl-C0-4alkyl-group, indanyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, benzothiazolyl-C0-4 alkyl-group, any of the groups optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents, each substituent independently being —OH, —N(C0-4 alkyl)(C0-4alkyl), C1-4alkyl, C1-6 alkoxyl, C1-6 alkyl-CO—C0-4 alkyl-, pyrrolidinyl-C0-4 alkyl-, or halogen; or R7 together with a bond from an absent ring hydrogen is ═O.
  • Suitably, B is —C1-6alkyl-, —C0-3 alkyl-O—C0-3alkyl-, —C0-3 alkyl-NH—C0-3alkyl-, —C0-3alkyl-NH—C3-7cycloalkyl-, —C0-3alkyl-N(C0-3alkyl)-C(O)—C0-3 alkyl-, —C0-3 alkyl-NH—SO2—C0-3 alkyl-, —C0-3 alkyl-, —C0-3alkyl-S—C0-3 alkyl-, —C0-3 alkyl-SO2—C0-3alkyl-, —C0-3alkyl-PH—C0-3 alkyl-, C0-3 alkyl —C(O)—C0-3 alkyl, or a direct bond.
  • Suitably, E1 is CH, N, or CR66; or B and E1 together form a double bond, i.e., —CH═C.
  • Suitably, E2 is CH2, CHR77, C(OH)R77 NH, NR77, O, S, —S(O)—, or —S(O)2—.
  • Suitably, R66 is independently selected from at each occurrence from halogen, C0-4 alkyl, —C(O)—O(C0-4 alkyl), or —C(O)—N(C0-4 alkyl)-(C0-4 alkyl).
  • In an alternative embodiment of this invention, Non-Ary Cyc is:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00011
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, for compound of Formula (I) herein, the X term may also be the X moiety as disclosed in WO 2004/073628, published September 2004, Boehm et al., whose disclosure is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The term “halo” or “halogens” is used herein to mean the halogens, chloro, fluoro, bromo and iodo.
  • As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to straight or branched hydrocarbon chains containing the specified number of carbon atoms. For example, C1-6alkyl means a straight or branched alkyl containing at least 1, and at most 6, carbon atoms. Examples of “alkyl” as used herein include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, isobutyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl or t-butyl and hexyl and the like.
  • As used herein, the term “alkenyl” refers to straight or branched hydrocarbon chains containing the specified number of carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond. For example, C2-6alkenyl means a straight or branched alkenyl containing at least 2, and at most 6, carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond. Examples of “alkenyl” as used herein include, but are not limited to ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, 3-hexenyl, 1,1-dimethylbut-2-enyl and the like.
  • As used herein, the term “alkoxy” refers to straight or branched chain alkoxy groups containing the specified number of carbon atoms. For example, C1-6alkoxy means a straight or branched alkoxy containing at least 1, and at most 6, carbon atoms. Examples of “alkoxy” as used herein include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, prop-2-oxy, butoxy, but-2-oxy, 2-methylprop-1-oxy, 2-methylprop-2-oxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy.
  • As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms. For example, C3-7cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic ring containing at least three, and at most seven, ring carbon atoms. Representative examples of “cycloalkyl” as used herein include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl and the like.
  • The term “cycloalkenyl” is used herein to mean cyclic radicals, such as a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing a specified number of carbon atoms preferably of 5 to 7 carbons, which have at least one bond including but not limited to cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
  • The term “alkenyl” is used herein at all occurrences to mean straight or branched chain radical of 2-10 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, including, but not limited to ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like.
  • The term “aryl” is used herein to mean phenyl, naphthyl, and indene.
  • The terms “heteroaryl ring”, “heteroaryl moiety”, and “heteroaryl” are used herein to mean a monocyclic five- to seven-membered unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, pyranyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, and uracil. The terms “heteroaryl ring”, “heteroaryl moiety”, and “heteroaryl” shall also used herein to refer to fused aromatic rings comprising at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Each of the fused rings may contain five or six ring atoms. Examples of fused aromatic rings include, but are not limited to, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, azaindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, purinyl, and phthalazinyl.
  • The terms “heterocyclic rings”, “heterocyclic moieties”, and “heterocyclyl” is used herein to mean a monocyclic three- to seven-membered saturated or non-aromatic, unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur or oxidized sulphur moieties, such as S(O)m, and m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2. The terms “heterocyclic rings”, “heterocyclic moieties”, and “heterocyclyl” shall also refer to fused rings, saturated or partially unsaturated, and wherein one of the rings may be aromatic, or heteroaromatic. Each of the fused rings may have from four to seven ring atoms. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, the saturated or partially saturated versions of the heteroaryl moieties as defined above, such as tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety), azepine, diazepine, aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzdioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino (including oxidized versions of the sulfur moiety).
  • The term “arylalkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” or “heterocyclicalkyl” is used herein to mean a C1-4 alkyl (as defined above) attached to an aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic moiety (as also defined above) unless otherwise indicated.
  • The term “sulfinyl” is used herein to mean the oxide S(O) of the corresponding sulfide, the term “thio” refers to the sulfide, and the term “sulfonyl” refers to the fully oxidized S(O)2 moiety.
  • The term “aroyl” is used herein to mean C(O)Ar, wherein Ar is as phenyl, naphthyl, or aryl alkyl derivative such as defined above, such group include but are not limited to benzyl and phenethyl.
  • The term “alkanoyl” is used herein to mean C(O) C1-10 alkyl wherein the alkyl is as defined above.
  • As used herein, the term “optionally” means that the subsequently described event(s) may or may not occur, and includes both event(s) which occur and events that do not occur.
  • As used herein, the term “substituted” refers to substitution with the named substituent or substituents, multiple degrees of substitution being allowed unless otherwise stated.
  • As used herein, “optionally substituted” unless specifically defined shall mean such groups as halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; S(O)m alkyl, such as methyl thio, methylsulfinyl or methyl sulfonyl; a ketone (—C(O)), or an aldehyde (—C(O)R6′), such as C(O)C10 alkyl or C(O)aryl, wherein R6′ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl (and wherein the R6′ moieties, excluding hydrogen, may themselves be optionally substituted 1 or 2 times, independently by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted alkyl; C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)mC1-4 alkyl; amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino; C1-4 alkyl, or CF3); C(O)OR6′; NR4′R14′, wherein R4′ and R14′ are each independently hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, such as amino or mono or -disubstituted C1-4 alkyl or wherein the R4′R14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from O/N/S; C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, or C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl group, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, etc. or cyclopropyl methyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl, such CF2CF2H, or CF3; an optionally substituted aryl, such as phenyl, or an optionally substituted arylalkyl, such as benzyl or phenethyl, wherein these aryl containing moieties may also be substituted one to two times by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted alkyl; C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)m C1-4 alkyl; amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino; C1-4 alkyl, or CF3.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means a compound which is suitable for pharmaceutical use. Salts and solvates of compounds of the invention which are suitable for use in medicine are those wherein the counterion or associated solvent is pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts and solvates having non-pharmaceutically acceptable counterions or associated solvents are within the scope of the present invention, for example, for use as intermediates in the preparation of other compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative”, means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug e.g. ester, of a compound of the invention, which upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of the invention, or an active metabolite or residue thereof. Such derivatives are recognizable to those skilled in the art, without undue experimentation. Nevertheless, reference is made to the teaching of Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 5th Edition, Vol 1: Principles and Practice, which is incorporated herein by reference to the extent of teaching such derivatives. In one embodiment of the present invention the pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates, esters, carbamates and phosphate esters. In another embodiment pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts, solvates and esters. In yet another embodiment, pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives are salts and esters, in particular salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known to those skilled in the art and include basic salts of inorganic and organic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methane sulphonic acid, ethane sulphonic acid, acetic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, phenylacetic acid and mandelic acid.
  • The compounds of the present invention may be in the form of and/or may be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. For a review on suitable salts see Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1-19.
  • Typically, a pharmaceutical acceptable salt may be readily prepared by using a desired acid or base as appropriate. The salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (I) may suitably be formed with a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, for instance, if a substituent group comprises a carboxy moiety. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable cations are well known to those skilled in the art and include alkaline, alkaline earth, ammonium and quaternary ammonium cations.
  • Those skilled in the art of organic chemistry will appreciate that many organic compounds can form complexes with solvents in which they are reacted or from which they are precipitated or crystallized. These complexes are known as “solvates”. As used herein, the term “solvate” refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry formed by a solute (in this invention, a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof) and a solvent. Such solvents for the purpose of the invention may not interfere with the biological activity of the solute. Examples of suitable solvents include water, methanol, ethanol and acetic acid. Preferably the solvent used is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent. Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents include water, ethanol and acetic acid. Most preferably the solvent used is water. A complex with water is known as a “hydrate”. Solvates of the compound of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
  • Compounds of Formula (II) are represented by the structure:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00012
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
    • m is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, or 2;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
  • The optional substituents for the R3 moiety are as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I).
  • In one embodiment of the invention, Rx is chloro. In another embodiment, Rg is methyl. In a further embodiment, m is 0. In another embodiment m is 1, and R3 is an optionally substituted phenyl (as defined in Formula (I)).
  • In another embodiment, m is 0, Rg is methyl, Rx is chloro and R3 is an optionally substituted phenyl (as defined in Formula (I)).
  • Compounds of Formula (III) are represented by the structure:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00013
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3:
    • X is R2, OR2″ S(O)mR2″ (CH2)n′N(R11)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)C(O)R2′, (CH2)nNR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2′), or N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′;
    • X1 is N(R11), O, S(O)m, or CR10R20;
    • Rh is selected from an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, —CH2—C(O)—CH2—, —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2—C(O)N(R10′)CH2—CH2—, —CH2—N(R10′)C(O)CH2—, —CH2—CH(OR10′)—CH2, —CH2—C(O)O—CH2—CH2—, or —CH2—CH2—O—C(O)CH2—;
    • Rq and Rq′ are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl-C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, wherein all of the moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted, or Rq and Rq′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 to 7 membered optionally substituted ring, which ring may contain an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur;
    • R2 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or R2 is the moiety (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or C(A1)(A2)(A3);
  • R2′ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted;
    • R2″ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or
      • wherein R2″ is the moiety (CR10R20)tX1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3);
    • A1 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl;
    • A2 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl;
    • A3 is hydrogen or is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • R4 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocylic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or the R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen;
    • R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
    • R10 and R20 are independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • R10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • R11 is independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
    • n′ is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
    • m is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
    • q is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
    • q′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 6; or
    • t is an integer having a value of 2 to 6.
  • Suitably, Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3. In an embodiment of the invention, Rx is chloro.
  • The X term moieties and their substituent groups, etc. are as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I).
  • Compounds of Formula (IV) are represented by the structure:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00014
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • R1 is R1 is an aryl, aryl C2-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkyl; aryl C2-10 alkenyl, arylC2-10 alkynyl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkenyl, heteroaryl C2-10 alkynyl, C2-10alkenyl, or C2-10 alkynyl moiety, which moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • Rg is an optionally substituted C10 alkyl;
    • m is 0 or an integer having the value of 1 or 2;
    • R3 is a C10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C10 alkyl, aryl, arylC10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
  • Suitably R1 and R3 are substituted as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I). In one embodiment, R1 is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring, preferably and optionally substituted aryl.
  • In another embodiment Rg is methyl. In a further embodiment, m is 0 or 2.
  • Compounds of Formula (V) are represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00015
  • wherein
    • Ry is chloro, bromo, iodo, O—S(O)2CF3; and
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, Ry is bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, Rg is methyl.
  • The general preparation of analogs around the pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one template is shown in the Schemes, Schemes 1 to 4 below. While a particular formula with particular substituent groups is shown herein, e.g. Rg as methyl, or Rx or LG2 as chloro, the synthesis is applicable to all formulas and all substituent groups as described herein.
  • The synthesis described herein, Schemes 1 to 4, start with a 4,6-Ry substituted-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carboxaldehyde (1), such as described in Formula (V). Treatment of 1, Scheme 1, with an optionally substituted aniline in the presence of an olefin forming agent, such as bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-phosphonate or an acylating agent, such as acetic acid anhydride affords the pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one, 2. Oxidation of 2 with a peracid, such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (m-CPBA) yields compound 3. This is followed by substitution of 3 in C2 position with a suitable X moiety as described in Formula (I) herein. In this scheme, substitution of the C2 position is demonstrated with serinol to furnish compound 4. Palladium (0) mediated Suzuki cross-coupling affords compound 5. Other cross coupling reactions known in the art may also be suitable for use herein.
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00016
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00017
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00018
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00019
  • In Routes 1 & 3; Schemes 1 & 3, Compound 1 to Compound 2, while the olefin forming reagent Bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)(methoxycarbonylmethyl)phosphonate is used, alternative cyclization reagents, include, but are not limited to Bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)phosphonate, Bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-(isopropoxycarbonylmethyl)phosphonate, (Diethoxy-phosphoryl)-acetic acid methyl ester, (Diisopropoxy-phosphoryl)-acetic acid methyl ester, (Diphenyloxy-phosphoryl)-acetic acid methyl ester, (Diethoxy-phosphoryl)-acetic acid ethyl ester, (Diisopropoxy-phosphoryl)-acetic acid ethyl ester, or (Diphenyloxy-phosphoryl)-acetic acid ethyl ester.
  • While this reaction as shown in Scheme 1 and Scheme 3 uses triethylamine as a base, suitable alternative bases can include, but are not limited to pyridine, diisopropyl ethyl amine, or pyrrolidone, or combinations thereof.
  • Further, while the reaction scheme as shown in Scheme 1 and Scheme 3 utilizes tetrahydrofuran as a solvent, it is recognized that suitable alternative organic solvents can be used. Such solvents include, but are not limited to chloroform, methylene chloride, acetonitrile, toluene, DMF, or n-methylpyrrolidine, or combinations thereof.
  • The reaction temperature of this particular step in the reaction scheme can be varied from room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent. Alternatively, this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave conditions.
  • In Routes 2 & 4, Schemes 2 & 4, Compound 1 to Compound 2, while the reagent acetic anhydride is shown, this reagent can be replaced with acetyl chloride, or any other suitably acylating reagent.
  • Further, while the reaction scheme as shown in Scheme 2 and Scheme 4 utilizes chloroform as a solvent, it is recognized that suitable alternative organic solvents can be used. Such solvents include, but are not limited to tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride, acetonitrile, toluene, DMF, n-methylpyrrolidine, or dioxane, or combinations thereof.
  • The reaction temperature of this particular step in the reaction scheme can be varied from room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent. Alternatively, this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave conditions.
  • In Routes 1 & 2; Schemes 1 & 2, Compound 2 to Compound 3, or for Routes 3 & 4, Schemes 3 & 4, Compound 6 to Compound 7, while the oxidizing reagent 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (m-cPBA) is used, alternative reagents, include but are not limited to hydrogen peroxide, sodium periodinate, potassium periodinate, Oxone, OsO4, catalytic tertiary amine N-oxide, peracids, such as aryl peracids, i.e. perbenzoic and the aforementioned m-cPBA, or alkylperacids, as such peracetic acid and pertrifluoroacetic acid, oxygen, ozone, organic peroxides, peroxide (H2O2), and inorganic peroxides, potassium and zinc permanganate, potassium persulfate. It is recognized that the peroxide agents can be used in combination with sodium tungstate, acetic acid or sodium hyperchlorite.
  • It is recognized that the oxidation process may in fact yield Compound 3, or Compound 7, but may also result in the corresponding sulfone, as well as the sulfoxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • This reaction step, while demonstrated in the schematics with methylene chloride as the solvent, may use alternative organic solvents other than primary amines or alcohols which include, but are not limited to chloroform, acetone, DMF, THF, acetonitrile, dioxane, or DMSO, or combinations thereof. This reaction step may be conducted at about 0° C. to room temperature.
  • In Routes 1 & 2; Schemes 1 & 2, Compound 3 to Compound 4, or for Route 3 & 4, Schemes 3 & 4, Compound 7 to Compound 5, the reaction solvent of DMF may alternatively be replaced with other suitable anhydrous organic solvents, which does not contain a nucleophile, which include but are not limited to THF, methylene chloride, acetone, acetonitrile, toluene, chloroform, n-methyl-pyrrolidine, or dioxane, or combinations thereof.
  • This temperature step may be conducted at room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent. Alternatively, this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave conditions.
  • In Routes 1 & 2, Schemes 1 & 2, Compound 4 to Compound 5, or for Routes 3-4, Schemes 3-4, Compound 2 to Compound 6 wherein Compound 2 or 4 are coupled to arylboronic acids, heteroarylboronic acids or the corresponding boronic acid esters under standard Suzuki coupling conditions. These reaction conditions utilize a palladium catalyst, such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0), which has been shown to provide good yields of either compound 5 or 6. The reaction conditions may be from room temperature to about 250° C., by heating in an oil bath, or with microwave irradiation. If desired, these Suzuki coupling reactions may be run under microwave conditions.
  • The aryl or heteroaryl boronic acid or ester intermediates can be synthesized either by the palladium catalyzed coupling of an aryl halide and 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane or the transmetalation of an aryl halide with a Grignard reagent, e.g., isopropylmagnesium bromide followed by a trialkylborate (e.g., triethylborate) in a suitable solvent like THF.
  • Alternatively, the coupling reaction of 2 or 4 may be performed utilizing aryl or heteroaryl organozinc, organocopper, organotin, or other organometallic reagents known to afford cross-coupling products such as 5 or 6 [See for example: Solberg, J.; Undheim, K. Acta Chemica Scandinavia 1989, 62-68, whose disclosure is incorporated by reference herein].
  • Using the reaction procedures described in the aforementioned WO 02/059083, it has been found that compounds of Formula (III) as described herein, were unable to be synthesized following those procedures. The present invention provides for an alternative method to synthesize compounds of Formula (I) having differing R1 substituents on the C4 position of the pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one pharmacophore. These substituents may be introduced to this position after the pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimide-7-one pharmacophore is substituted with functional groups at the C2 and N8 position. This particular substitution has not previously been available using the reaction conditions as set forth in WO 02/059083.
  • While it is possible to produce individual compounds using the process illustrated herein, a benefit for these reaction pathways lies in its ability to optimize leads and to make arrays for combinatorial chemistry, with various R1, R2, and R3 substituents.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a process to make compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, which comprises reacting a compound of Formula (III), as defined herein with a coupling agent selected from an arylboronic acid, or a heteroarylboronic acid or their corresponding boronic acid esters, with a suitable palladium catalyst to yield a compound of Formula (I). This coupling process takes place under standard Suzuki conditions.
  • Suitably the arylboronic acids, heteroarylboronic acids, or their corresponding boronic acid esters are R1-boronic acid or an R1-boronic acid ester; e.g. R1B(OH)2, R1B(O—C1-4 alkyl)2, or
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00020
  • wherein R1, R10, and R20 is as defined for compounds of Formula (I) herein; and r is an integer having a value of 2 to 6.
  • The coupling conditions include the use of appropriate solvents. These solvents include, but are not limited to dioxane, THF, DMF, DMSO, NMP, acetone, water, or a combination or a mixture thereof. Preferably, the solvent is THF/H2O, or dioxane/H2O.
  • The coupling conditions also include the presence of catalytic amount of catalysts and these catalysts include, but not limited to tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (0), PdCl2, Pd(OAc)2, (CH3CN)2PdCl2, Pd(dppf)2, or [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]-dichloropalladium(II).
  • The coupling reaction may or may not require the presence of a base. Suitable bases include, but are not limited to NaHCO3, KHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, KOAc or combination or mixture thereof. Preferably, the base is K2CO3 and KOAc.
  • The coupling reaction may or may not require heating. The heating can be carried out with a regular oil bath or microwave irrediations and the temperature can be varied from room temperature to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent. The coupling reaction may or may not require a sealed reaction vessal and the internal pressure can be varied from one atmosphere to 100 atmospheres.
  • The aryl or heteroaryl boronic acid or ester intermediates containing the R1 moiety, used in the Suzuki coupling reactions may or may not be commercially available and they can be prepared by utilizing proper methods in the literature known to those with appropriate training. Examples of these methods include, but not limited to palladium catalyzed coupling of an aryl halide and 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane or the transmetalation of an aryl halide with a Grignard reagent, e.g., isopropylmagnesium bromide followed by a trialkylborate (e.g., triethylborate) in a suitable solvent. These solvents include, but not limited to CH2Cl2, chloroform, CH3CN, benzene, THF, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, DMSO, DMF, toluene, n-methyl-pyrrolidine, dioxane. The reaction temperature can be varied from −78° C. to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent. Alternatively, this reaction process step may or may not be performed under suitable microwave irradiation conditions. This reaction may or may not require a sealed reaction vessal and the internal pressure can be varied from one atmosphere to 100 atmospheres.
  • One embodiment of the invention are the arylboronic acids and esters which are generically referred to as R1B(OH)2, R1B(O—C1-4 alkyl)2, or
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00021
  • wherein
  • R10 and R20 are independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
  • r is an integer having a value of 2 to 6;
  • R1 is an optionally substituted phenyl, as defined according to Formula (I).
  • Suitably, the phenyl ring is substituted by one or more times independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)v′ NRdRd′, (CR10R20)v′ C(O)R12, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, or (CR10R20)v′OR13, (CR10R20)vC(Z)NR4R14, (CR10R20)vC(Z)OR8, (CR10R20)vCORa′, (CR10R20)vC(O)H, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, (CR10R20)vOR8, ZC(Z)R11, N(R10′)C(Z)R11, N(R10′)S(O)2R7, C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, C(Z)O(CR10R20)vRb, N(R10′)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb; N(R10′)C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb; or N(R10′)OC(Z)(CR10R20)vRb; and wherein
    • Ra′ is C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl, (CR10R20)vOR7, (CR10R20)vS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)v N(R10′)S(O)2R7, or (CR10R20)vNR4R14; and wherein the aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl alkyl may be optionally substituted;
    • Rb is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, which moieties excluding hydrogen, may all be optionally substituted;
    • Rd and Rd′ are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C3-5 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, or the Rd and Rd′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′, and wherein the Rd and Rd′ moieties which are C1-4 alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, and the R4 and R14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted;
    • R7 is C1-6alkyl, aryl, arylC1-6alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6alkyl; and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • R8 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-4 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl C1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or a heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted independently at each occurrence;
    • R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
    • m is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
    • v is independently selected at each occurrence from 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 2.
    • v′ is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
    • R4 and R14 are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl; or the R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein all of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted;
    • R4′ and R14′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R4′ and R14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′;
    • R5 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl or NR41R14′, excluding the moieties SR5 being SNR4′R14′, S(O)2R5 being SO2H and S(O)R5 being SOH;
    • R10 and R20 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
    • R10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
    • R11 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
    • R12 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-4 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl C1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; and
    • R13 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl C1-4 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or a heterocyclylC1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted.
  • In one embodiment, the phenyl ring is substituted by C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, or N(R10′)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb, and optionally another substituent (R1′)g, and g is 1 or 2. Rb is suitably as defined in Formula (I) herein. Suitably, R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)v′ NRdRd′, (CR10R20)vC(O)R12, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, or (CR10R20)v′OR13. Preferably R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, such as CF3.
  • In one embodiment, the C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, is substituted on the phenyl ring in the 4-position or the 5-position, preferably the 5-position. If an R1′ moiety is present, it is preferably in the 2-position, and R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine. Preferably the aryl is 4-methyl-N-1,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide, N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide, or 4-methyl-N-propylbenzamide.
  • In another embodiment the phenyl ring is substituted one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times by R1′ and R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)v′NRdRd′, (CR10R20)v′C(O)R12, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, or (CR10R20)v′OR13. Preferably, the phenyl ring is di-substituted in the 2,4-position. In another embodiment R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, such as CF3. Preferably, the aryl is phenyl, 2-methyl-4-fluorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, or 2-methyl-3-fluorophenyl.
  • Another aspect of the invention is another process to make compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, which comprises reacting a compound of Formula (III), as defined herein utilizing aryl or heteroaryl organozinc, organocopper, organotin, or other organometallic reagents known in the art to afford a cross-coupling product of the desired R1 moiety in the C4 position of the template yielding a compound of Formula (I).
  • This coupling reaction may be performed utilizing aryl or heteroaryl organozinc (e.g., R1—ZnBr, R1—ZnCl, R1—Zn—R1), organocopper [e.g., (R1)2—CuLi], organotin (e.g., R1—Sn(CH3)3, R1—Sn(CH2CH2CH2CH3)3], or other organometallic reagents to afford the cross-coupling product. The R1 aryl and heteroaryl moiety is as defined for Formula (I) herein. If the desired aryl or hetero aryl organozinc (e.g., R1—ZnBr, R1—ZnCl, R1—Zn—R1), organocopper [e.g., (R1)2—CuLi], organotin (e.g., R1—Sn(CH3)3, R1—Sn(CH2CH2CH2CH3)3], or other organometallic reagent is not commercially available, they can readily be prepared by utilizing proper methods, known in the literature.
  • These types of coupling reactions require the use of appropriate solvents. Such solvents include, but are not limited to dioxane, THF, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether or a combination or a mixture thereof.
  • The coupling reaction may, or may not, require the presence of catalytic amount of a catalyst. Such catalysts include, but are not limited to tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0), PdCl2, Pd(OAc)2, (CH3CN)2PdCl2, Pd(dppf)2.
  • The reaction temperature can be varied from −78° C. to >100° C., i.e. reflux temperature of the solvent. Alternatively, this reaction process step may be performed under suitable microwave irradiation conditions, if needed. This reaction may, or may not, require a sealed reaction vessel and the internal pressure can be varied from one atmosphere to 100 atmospheres.
  • Suitably, the R1 moiety is as defined for compounds of Formula (I) herein.
  • In one embodiment, the R1 moiety is an optionally substituted aryl ring, preferably a phenyl ring. In another embodiment, the phenyl ring is substituted by C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, or N(R10′)C(Z)(CR10R20)vRb, and optionally another substituent (R1′)g, and g is 1 or 2. Rb is suitably as defined in Formula (I) herein. Suitably, R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)v′ NRdRd′, (CR10R20)v′ C(O)R12, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, or (CR10R20)v′ OR13. Preferably R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, such as CF3.
  • In one embodiment, the C(Z)N(R10′)(CR10R20)vRb, is substituted on the phenyl ring in the 4-position or the 5-position, preferably the 5-position. If an R1′ moiety is present, it is preferably in the 2-position, and R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine. Preferably the aryl is 4-methyl-N-1,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide, N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide, or 4-methyl-N-propylbenzamide.
  • In another embodiment the phenyl ring is substituted one or more times, preferably 1 to 4 times by R1, and R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)v′ NRdRd′, (CR10R20)v′ C(O)R12, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, or (CR10R20)v′ OR13. Preferably, the phenyl ring is di-substituted in the 2,4-position. In another embodiment R1′ is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, or halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine or bromine, or halo-substituted-C1-4 alkyl, such as CF3. Preferably, the aryl moiety is a 2-methyl-4-fluorophenyl.
  • Additional methods to produce compounds of Formula (II), wherein G1 is NH, are shown in Scheme 5 below.
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00022
  • Method A is for conversion of 1 to 2. Examples of the methods include, but are not limited to condensation with NH2OH followed by treatment with thionyl chloride (SOCl2) [e.g., Santilli et al., J. Heterocycl. Chem. (1971), 445-53] or oxidation of —CHO group to —COOH followed by formation of a primary amide (—CONH2) and treatment with POCl3. Suitable Method A can also be utilized to furnish the conversion of 4 to 3-Scheme 5.
  • Leaving groups (LG, described as Leaving group 1 (LG1) & LG2) in 1 (or 2), or elsewhere, can be independently selected from —Cl, —Br, —I, or —OTf and these groups can be installed through the transformation of another functional group (e.g. —OH) by following the methods well known in the art (e.g., treatment of the —OH compound with POCl3).
  • Method B is for selective displacement of suitable aldehyde 1 or nitrile 2 with an amine (R3—NH2). This type of displacement may be achieved using triethylamine and the desired amine R3NH2 in chloroform at room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was very effective for a range of alkyl amines (78-95% yield). For aryl or heteroaryl amines, elevated temperatures (reflux), longer reaction time (24 hours) and presence of NaH (or Na) may be necessary for reaction completion. Use of the base could be omitted when 3 or more equivalent of the desired amine were used. Other suitable bases include but are not limited to pyridine, diisopropyl ethylamine or pyrrolidine, which may also be used in an appropriate organic solvent, including but not limited to THF, diethyl ether, DCM, DMF, DMSO, toluene or dioxane.
  • Method C is for the reduction of nitrile 3 to amine 5. 5 may be considered a primary amine (NH2), a secondary amine (because of —NH(R3)) or an amine (as it contains basic nitrogen). This method includes, but is not limited to BH3 in appropriate organic solvent, such as THF, DCM, toluene, DMSO, diethyl ether or dioxane. Other suitable reduction reagents, include but are not limited to NaBH4, LAH or DIBAL. Method C may require elevated temperatures (e.g., heating, refluxing or irradiating with microwave). Another example of the method is hydrogenation (H2) in the presence of transition metals (e.g., Pd/C, Raney-Ni, PdCl2).
  • Method D is for the cyclization of 5 to 6. This method requires the presence of a cyclization reagent (e.g., CDI, COCl2, tri-phosgene, or phenyl chloroformate methyl chloroformate). Presence of a suitable base may help the reaction to go to completion and examples of the base include, but not limited to triethyl amine, diisopropylethylamine or pyrrolidine. Reaction solvent can be DCM, THF, toluene, DMSO, or DMF.
  • Compounds of Formula (VI) are represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00023
  • wherein
    • LG2 is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
    • LG1 is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3; and
    • Rg is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, LG2 is chloro. IN a further embodiment, LG1 is chloro. In another embodiment, Rg is methyl.
  • Compounds of Formula (VII) are represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00024
  • wherein
    • LG2 is chloro, bromo, iodo, O—S(O)2CF3;
    • Rg is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
  • Suitably R3 is substituted as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I).
  • In one embodiment, Rg is methyl. In another embodiment, LG2 is chloro.
  • Another aspect of the invention are compounds of Formula (VIII) represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00025
  • wherein
    • LG2 is chloro, bromo, iodo, O—S(O)2CF3;
    • Rg is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
  • Suitably R3 is substituted as defined herein for compounds of Formula (I).
  • In an embodiment of the invention LG2 is chloro. In another embodiment, Rg is methyl. In another embodiment, LG2 is chloro, Rg is methyl, and R3 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is the novel process, shown in Scheme-6 below, to make the transformation of a compound of Formula (VIII) to a compound of Formula (II) wherein Rx is now defined as LG2, and m=0.
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00026
  • Method J is for imine formation to convert compound 13 to a compound of Formula (II) wherein m is 0, compound 14. This can be achieved by following various strategies known in the art. Strategies include, but are not limited to treatment with an acid including TFA, HOAc, HCl, H2SO4 or a Lewis acid (e.g., AlCl3). This conversion may require elevated temperatures (e.g., heat, solvent reflux, microwave irradiation) in appropriate organic solvents (e.g., THF, CH2Cl2, toluene, DMSO, CH3CN or dioxane).
  • Compounds of Formula (VIII) (compound 13-Scheme 7) may be made by reacting the compound 4 using Method I as described below. Compound 4 may be obtained from compound 1 using Method B as described above.
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00027
  • Method I is for urea formation to convert 4 to 13. This can be achieved by following strategies well-established in the art. Strategies include, but are not limited to reaction with suitably substituted isocyanate, such as ClSO2NCO (or Me3SiNCO) in a aprotic organic solvent, such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, THF, hexane, optionally with a non-nucleophilic base, such as triethylamine, diisopropyl ethylamine, pyridine, followed by reaction with ammonia or H2O; or by reaction with COCl2 (CDI, or triphosgene) or methylchloroformate or other chloroformates in an aprotic organic solvent, such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, THF, hexane, optionally with a non-nucleophilic base, such as triethylamine, diisopropyl ethylamine, pyridine, followed by treatment with NH3 (or NH4OH); or by reaction with ClCO2Me (or ClCO2Et) in a aprotic organic solvent, such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, THF, hexane, optionally with a non-nucleophilic base, such as triethylamine, diisopropyl ethylamine, pyridine followed by treatment with NH3 (or NH4OH) or reaction with NH2CO2(t-Bu), followed by reaction with ammonia. This reaction may, or may not, require heating (e.g, temperature between r.t. and 250° C.). The heating can be carried out in any manner and may include the use of an oil bath or microwave irradiation.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a process for making a compound of Formula (III):
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00028
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
      and wherein X and R3 are as defined above for compounds of Formula (I); comprising reacting a compound of the formula
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00029
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is carbon or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
    • m is an integer having a value of 1, or 2;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • with X—Y wherein X is R2, OR2′, S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)C(O)R2′, (CH2)n′NR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), or N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′; and R2, R2′, m, n′, R11, R10′, Rh and RqRq′ are as defined according to Formula (I or JJJ) herein; and
  • Y is hydrogen, a metal, a boronic acid derivative, or a trialkyl tin derivative, in an anhydrous organic solvent which does not contain a nucleophile to yield a compound of Formula (III).
  • In the transformation of (II) to (III), when Y is hydrogen then X is the following:
    • a) X=OR2″ or X is S(O)mR2′ (and m=0); or
    • b) X is (CH2)n′N(R10′)S(O)mR2″ (CH2)n′N(R10′)C(O)R2″ (CH2)n′NR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″) and n′=0; or
    • c) X=R2 and R2=(CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), q′=0, and X1 is N(R10′), O, S(O)m and m=0.
    • d) when X is N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′.
  • In the transformation of (II) to (III), when Y is a metal, such as Li, Mg, or any other appropriate metal or metal complex; then X is the following:
    • a) X is R2, and R2 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclyl C1-10 alkyl moiety.
  • In the transformation of (II) to (III), when Y is a boronic acid, (B(OH)2) or boronic ester derivatives; then X is the following
    • a) X=R2, and R2=aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • When Y is a trialkyl tin derivative, such as (C1-4 alkyl)3Sn, then
    • a) X=R2, and R2=aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • It is recognized that for compounds of Formula (II) or (III) when G1 is NH, the nitrogen may need to be protected under standard conditions, and then deprotected after the transformation, as desired.
  • The anhydrous organic solvents include, but are not limited to CH2Cl2, chloroform, CH3CN, benzene, THF, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, DMSO, DMF and toluene.
  • This reaction may or may not require heating (e.g., temperature between r.t. and 300° C.) and the heating can be carried out with, but not limited to a regular oil bath or microwave irradiations;
  • This reaction may or may not require the presence of bases, and the bases include, but are not limited to triethyl amine, diisopropyl ethyl amine, NaH, n-Buli, tert-BuLi, tert-BuOK, Li2CO3, Cs2CO3 and pyridine. It is recognized that some of these bases will be incompatible with the organic solvents specified above.
  • This reaction may or may not be carried out in a sealed reaction vessel and the internal pressure may be higher than one atmosphere (e.g., between 1 and 100 atmospheres).
  • This reaction may or may not require the presence of catalytic amount of catalysts containing transition metals (e.g., Pd, Cu, Ni or W). These catalysts include but are not limited to Pd/C, Pd(PPh3)4 and PdCl2.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a process for making a compound of Formula (III),
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00030
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
      and wherein X and R3 are as defined above for compounds of Formula (III);
      comprising reacting a compound of the formula
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00031
  • wherein
    • G1 is CH2 or NH:
    • G2 is CH or nitrogen;
    • Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
    • Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
    • m is an integer having a value of 1, or 2;
    • R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
    • with X—Y wherein X is R2, OR2′, S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)C(O)R2′, (CH2)n′NR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), or N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′; and R2, R2′, m, n′, R11, R10′, Rh and RqRq′ are as defined according to Formula (I or III) herein; and
      and Y is NH2, NH(R10), OH, or SH, in an anhydrous organic solvent to yield a compound of Formula (III), provided that
      • a) X is R2 and R2 is hydrogen, C1— loalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10-alkyl; or
      • b) X is (CH2)n′N(R10′)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R10′)C(O)R2′, (CH2)n′N4R14, (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), and n′ is greater than 2.
  • The anhydrous organic solvents include, but are not limited to CH2Cl2, chloroform, CH3CN, benzene, THF, hexane, ethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, DMSO, DMF and toluene, DMF, acetone, toluene, n-methyl-pyrrolidine, or dioxane, or a combination or mixture thereof.
  • This reaction may or may not require heating (e.g., temperature between room temperature and 300° C.) and the heating can be carried out with, but not limited to a regular oil bath or microwave irradiations;
  • This reaction may or may not require the presence of bases, and the bases include, but are not limited to triethyl amine, diisopropyl ethyl amine, NaH, n-Buli, tert-BuLi, tert-BuOK, Li2CO3, Cs2CO3 and pyridine. It is recognized that some of these bases will be incompatible with the organic solvents specified above.
  • This reaction may or may not be carried out in a sealed reaction vessel and the internal pressure may be higher than one atmosphere (e.g., between 1 and 100 atmospheres).
  • This reaction may or may not require the presence of catalytic amount of catalysts containing transition metals (e.g., Pd, Cu, Ni or W). These catalysts include but are not limited to Pd/C, Pd(PPh3)4 and PdCl2. It is recognized that use of these metals is generally not needed for simple transformations.
    • Exemplified Compounds of Formulas (II)
    • 4-Chloro-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; (SB-776438)
    • 4-Chloro-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2-methylsulfinyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; (SB-776441)
    • 4-Chloro-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; (SB-776439)
    • 4-Chloro-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfinyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; (SB-776442)
    • 4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; (SB-776440)
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; and (SB-776446)
    • 4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfinyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one. (SB-776443)
    Exemplified Compounds of Formula (III)
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-Chloro-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; (SB-776444)
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-Chloro-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; (SB-776445)
  • Exemplified compounds of Formula (I) which may be produced using the processes described herein include:
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-739796
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB 739804
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-phenyl-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB741658
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-741922
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-741923
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3,4-diflorophenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-742172
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-742364
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-742501
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-742502
    • 2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-742503
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-743869
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-746098
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-746099
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-746100
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-746101
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-746102
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-biphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-746103
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-biphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-746104
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-tolyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-760546
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-fluoro-4-biphenhyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-760547
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-760548
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-760549
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-fluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-760552
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-761114
    • 8-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3,5-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-761115
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-methylthiophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-773595
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-methylthiophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-773596
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-773597
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-773598
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-phenyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-773658
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-methylthiophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-773659
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-773660
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-hydroxylphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-774117
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-hydroxylphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-774118
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-hydroxylphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-774119
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(4-methylsulfonylphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-7-one SB-774120
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(3-methylsulfonylphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-7-one SB-774121
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-(2-methylsulfonylphenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB-774122
    • 8-(2,6-Difluoro-phenyl)-4-(4-fluoro-2-methyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one SB681323
    • 3-{8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-[(1H-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)amino]-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-]pyrimidin-4-yl}-4-methyl-N-1,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide (GSK258899A)
    • 3-[2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-methyl-N-propylbenzamide; (GSK610677A); or
      a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or physiologically functional derivative thereof.
    SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES
  • The invention will now be described by reference to the following examples which are merely illustrative and are not to be construed as a limitation of the scope of the present invention. All temperatures are given in degrees centigrade, all solvents are highest available purity and all reactions run under anhydrous conditions in an Ar atmosphere where necessary.
  • List of Abbreviations
    EDC: 1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
    DMAP: 4-(Dimethylamino)pyridine
    m-CPBA: 3-Chlorobenzenecarboperoxoic acid
    THF: Tetrahydrofuran
    DCM: Dichloromethane
    TFA: Trifluoroacetic anhydride
    HATU: O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium
    hexafluorophosphate
    NIS: N-Iodosuccinimide
    DMF: N,N-Dimethylformamide
    IPA: isopropyl alcohol
    DSC: differential scanning calorimetry
    L: liters
    mL: milliliters
    mg: milligrams
    g: grams
    rt: room temperature
    eq: equivalents
    dppf = 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene
    NMP = 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
    dppf: 1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene
    DMSO: Dimethylsulfoxide
    EtOAc: Ethyl acetate
    DIPEA or DIEA: N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
    SPE: Solid phase extraction
    MDAP: Mass directed auto preparation
    HBTU: O-Benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium
    hexafluorophosphate
    HOBT: 1-Hydoxybenzotriazole hydrate
    HPLC: High Pressure Liquid Chromatography
    M: molar
    mmol: millimoles
    mol: moles
    aq: aqueous
    eq: equivalents
    h: hours
    mp: melting point
    min: minutes
    satd: saturated
    • LC-MS Experimental Conditions: Liquid Chromatograph
  • System: Shimadzu LC system with SCL-10A Controller and dual UV detector
    Autosampler: Leap CTC with a Valco six port injector
    • Column: Aquasil/Aquasil (C18 40×1 mm)
  • Inj. Vol.(uL): 2.0
    • Solvent A: H2O, 0.02% TFA Solvent B: MeCN, 0.018% TFA
  • Gradient: linear
    • Channel A: UV 214 nm Channel B: ELS
  • Time Dura. Flow Sol. Sol.
    Step (min) (min) (μL/min) A B
    0 0.00 0.00 300.00 95.00 5.00
    1 0.00 0.01 300.00 95.00 5.00
    2 0.01 3.20 300.00 10.00 90.00
    3 3.21 1.00 300.00 10.00 90.00
    4 4.21 0.10 300.00 95.00 5.00
    5 4.31 0.40 300.00 95.00 5.00
    • Mass Spectrometer: PE Sciex Single Quadrupole LC/MS API-150 Polarity: Positive
  • Acquisition mode: Profile
    • General Procedures
  • Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were recorded at 400 MHz using on a Bruker AC 400 spectrometer. CDCl3 is deuteriochloroform, DMSO-d6 is hexadeuteriodimethylsulfoxide, and CD3OD (or MeOD) is tetradeuteriomethanol. Chemical shifts are reported in parts per million (6) downfield from the internal standard tetramethylsilane (TMS) or the NMR solvent. Abbreviations for NMR data are as follows: s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet, dd=doublet of doublets, dt=doublet of triplets, app=apparent, br=broad. J indicates the NMR coupling constant measured in Hertz. Mass spectra were taken on a instruments, using electrospray (ES) ionization techniques. All temperatures are reported in degrees Celsius. Other abbreviations are as described in the ACS Style Guide (American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1986).
  • Analtech Silica Gel GF and E. Merck Silica Gel 60 F-254 thin layer plates were used for thin layer chromatography. Both flash and gravity chromatography were carried out on E. Merck Kieselgel 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel. Preparative hplc were performed using a Gilson Preparative System using a Luna 5u C18(2) 100A reverse phase column eluting with a 10-80 gradient (0.1% TFA in acetonitrile/0.1% aqueous TFA) or a 10-80 gradient (acetonitrile/water). The CombiFlash system used for purification in this application was purchased from Isco, Inc. CombiFlash purification was carried out using a prepacked SiO2 column, a detector with UV wavelength at 254 nm and mixed solvents.
  • Heating of reaction mixtures with microwave irradiations was carried out on either a Smith Creator (purchased from Personal Chemistry, Forboro/MA, now owned by Biotage), a Emrys Optimizer (purchased from Personal Chemistry) or an Explorer (provided by CEM Discover, Matthews/NC) microwave.
    • Example 1 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyridol[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776438)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00032
  • A solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) and Et3N (1.26 mL, 9.0 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was mixed with 4-trifluoromethylaniline (0.62 mL, 4.9 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours before bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-phosphonate (0.95 mL, 4.5 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for additional 12 hours, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and washed with H2O (2×25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. This crude product was further purified by washing with a mixture of THF/Hexane (1:3, 2×10 mL) to provide the title compound (1.17 g, 70%): MS (ES) m/z 372 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.18 (s, 3H), 6.79 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 2 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776439)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00033
  • A solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) and Et3N (1.26 mL, 9.0 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was mixed with 2,4-difluoroaniline (0.50 mL, 4.9 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours before bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) (methoxycarbonyl-methyl)phosphonate (0.95 mL, 4.5 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for additional 48 hours, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and then washed with H2O (2×25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. This crude product was applied to flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 1:5) to provide the title compound (0.79 g, 52%): MS (ES) m/z 340 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.24 (s, 3H), 6.79 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 3 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776440)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00034
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-6-(2,6-difluoro-phenylamino)-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (200 mg, 0.63 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) and Ac2O (2.0 mL) was heated with “Smith Creator” (microwave, 160° C.) for 30 minutes. The mixture was concentrate under vacuum. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 1:5) then provided the title compound (50%): MS (ES) m/z 340 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.24 (s, 3H), 6.80 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 4 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfinyl-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyridol[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776441)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00035
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (1.0 g, 2.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was mixed with m-CPBA (0.63 g, 4.0 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (0.86 g, 82%): MS (ES) m/z 388 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.80 (s, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 8.19 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 5 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfinyl-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyridol[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776442)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00036
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (1.0 g, 2.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was mixed with m-CPBA (0.69 g, 4.4 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes and concentrated under vacou. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (1.02 g, 97%): MS (ES) m/z 356 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.84 (m, 3H), 7.01 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 6 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfinyl-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776443)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00037
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (1.0 g, 2.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was mixed with m-CPBA (0.69 g, 4.4 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes and concentrated under vacou. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (0.91 g, 87%): MS (ES) m/z 356 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.85 (s, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 7 4-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776444)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00038
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfinyl-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (0.29 g, 0.75 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was mixed with a solution of serinol (0.075 g, 0.82 mmol) in DMF (0.75 mL). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (EtOAc:Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (0.14 g, 45%): MS (ES) m/z 415 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.25 (s, br, 2H), 3.66 (m, br, 5H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.55 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 8 4-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776445)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00039
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfinyl-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (0.24 g, 0.67 mmol) in dichloromethane (24 mL) was mixed with a solution of serinol (0.065 g, 0.71 mmol) in DMF (0.65 mL). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (0.12 g, 46%): MS (ES) m/z 383 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.15 (s, br, 2H), 3.75 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.55 (m, 1H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.90 (m, 1H).
    • Example 9 4-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-776446)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00040
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfinyl-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (0.90 g, 2.53 mmol) in dichloromethane (90 mL) was mixed with a solution of serinol (0.24 g, 2.66 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (0.40 g, 42%): MS (ES) m/z 383 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.95 (s, br, 2H), 3.90 (m, br, 5H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.56 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 10 4-(2-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-739796)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00041
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (3:1, 4.8 mL) was mixed with 2-methylthiophenyl boronic acid (30.4 mg, 0.18 mmol) and K2CO3 (50.1 mg, 0.36 mmol). The resultant mixture was bubbled with argon for 5 minutes, and added by Pd(PPh3)4 (2.8 mg, 0.0024 mmol). The reaction tube was sealed and heated with “Smith Creator” (microwave, 150° C.) for 15 minutes. The mixture was concentrated under vaco. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (88%): MS (ES) m/z 503 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.65 (s, br, 2H), 3.70 (m, br, 5H), 6.20 (m, br, 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 6H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.83 (m, 2H).
    • Example 11 4-(3-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-739804)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00042
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except 3-methylthiophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (76%): MS (ES) m/z 503 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.49 (s, br, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.68 (m, br, 5H), 5.90 (s, br, 1H), 6.47 (s, b, 1H), 7.45 (m, 6H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.82 (m, 2H).
    • Example 12 4-(4-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-740717)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00043
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except 4-methylthiophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (56%): MS (ES) m/z 503 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.40 (s, br, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3.69 (m, br, 5H), 5.85 (s, br, 1H), 6.48 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.83 (m, 2H).
    • Example 13 4-phenyl-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-741658)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00044
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except phenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (82%): MS (ES) m/z 457 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.81 (s, br, 2H), 3.68 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.59 (m, 5H), 7.82 (m, 3H).
    • Example 14 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-741922)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00045
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except 3-chlorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (76%): MS (ES) m/z 491 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.66 (s, br, 2H), 3.73 (m, br, 5H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 6H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.84 (m, 2H).
    • Example 15 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-741923)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00046
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except 4-chlorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (72%): MS (ES) m/z 491 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.61 (s, br, 2H), 3.73 (m, br, 5H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 4H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.84 (m, 2H).
    • Example 16 4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-742172)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00047
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except 3,4-difluorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (65%): MS (ES) m/z 493 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.06 (s, br, 2H), 3.72 (m, br, 5H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 7.42 (m, 5H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.83 (m, 2H).
    • Example 17 4-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-74364)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00048
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except 2-chlorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (72%). MS (ES) m/z 491 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.60 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 5H), 7.80 (m, 2H).
    • Example 18 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-742501)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00049
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except [4-(methyloxy)phenyl]boronic acid was used in the coupling step (66%). MS (ES) m/z 487 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.85 (s, br, 2H), 3.69 (m, br, 5H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.84 (m, 3H).
    • Example 19 4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-742502)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00050
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except [3-(methyloxy)phenyl]boronic acid was used in the coupling step (65%): MS (ES) m/z 487 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.90 (s, br, 2H), 3.61 (m, br, 5H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 4H), 7.80 (m, 3H).
    • Example 20 4-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-742503)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00051
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 10 except [2-(methyloxy)phenyl]boronic acid was used in the coupling step (75%): MS (ES) m/z 487 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.20 (s, br, 2H), 3.69 (m, br, 5H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.41 (m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.47 (m, 5H), 7.83 (m, 2H).
    • Example 21 4-(3-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-743869)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00052
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (3:1, 4.8 mL) was mixed with 3-methylthiophenyl boronic acid (33.8 mg, 0.20 mmol) and K2CO3 (54.3 mg, 0.39 mmol). The resultant mixture was bubbled with argon for 5 minutes followed by the addition of Pd(PPh3)4 (3.0 mg, 0.0026 mmol). The reaction tube was sealed and heated with “Smith Creator” (microwave, 150° C.) for 15 minutes. The mixture was concentrated under vaco. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (90%): MS (ES) m/z 471 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.40 (s, br, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, br, 5H), 6.00 (m, br, 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.85 (m, 1H).
    • Example 22 4-(4-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-746098)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00053
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 4-methylthiophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (95%): MS (ES) m/z 471 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.35 (s, br, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 3.76 (m, br, 5H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.46 (m, 1H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.81 (m, 1H).
    • Example 23 4-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-746099)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00054
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 2-methylthiophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (72%): MS (ES) m/z 471 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, br, 2H), 3.72 (m, br, 5H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m, 6H).
    • Example 24 4-(3,4-di/fluorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-746100)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00055
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 3,4-difluorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (56%): MS (ES) m/z 461 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.25 (s, br, 2H), 3.77 (m, br, 5H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.48 (m, 1H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 4H), 7.74 (m, 1H).
    • Example 25 4-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-746101)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00056
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 2-methoxyphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (89%): MS (ES) m/z 455 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.85 (s, br, 2H), 3.67 (m, br, 5H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.38 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 5H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H).
    • Example 26 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-746102)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00057
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 4-methoxyphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (70%): MS (ES) m/z 455 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.60 (s, br, 2H), 3.73 (m, br, 5H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 7.05 (m, 4H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.83 (m, 1H).
    • Example 27 4-(2-Biphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-746103)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00058
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 2-biphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (89%): MS (ES) m/z 501 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.06 (s, br, 2H), 3.73 (m, br, 5H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.18 (s, br, 1H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 7H), 7.58 (m, 4H).
    • Example 28 4-(3-Biphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-746104)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00059
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 3-biphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (92%): MS (ES) m/z 501 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.10 (s, br, 2H), 3.72 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 8H), 7.82 (m, 3H).
    • Example 29 4-(2-Tolyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-760546)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00060
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 2-tolyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (66%): MS (ES) m/z 439 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.96 (s, br, 2H), 3.68 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.39 (m, 1H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m, 6H).
    • Example 30 4-(3-Fluoro-4-biphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-760547)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00061
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 3-fluoro-4-biphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (48%): MS (ES) m/z 519 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.15 (s, br, 2H), 3.78 (m, br, 5H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 8H), 7.86 (m, 1H).
    • Example 31 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-760548)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00062
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 4-chlorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (70%): MS (ES) m/z 459 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.83 (s, br, 2H), 3.72 (m, br, 5H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.46 (m, 1H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 4H), 7.72 (m, 1H).
    • Example 32 4-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-760549)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00063
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 3-chlorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (49%). MS (ES) m/z 459 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.55 (s, br, 2H), 3.74 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 4H), 7.73 (m, 1H).
    • Example 33 4-(3-Fluorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-760552)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00064
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 3-fluorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (64%): MS (ES) m/z 443 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.05 (s, br, 2H), 3.79 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.49 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 5H), 7.77 (m, 1H).
    • Example 34 4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-761114)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00065
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 3-methoxyphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (89%): MS (ES) m/z 455 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.07 (s, br, 2H), 3.83 (m, br, 5H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 5H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1H).
    • Example 35 4-(3,5-Difluorophenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-761115)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00066
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 21 except 3,5-difluorophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (89%): MS (ES) m/z 461 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.05 (s, br, 2H), 3.89 (m, br, 5H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.51 (m, 1H), 7.08 (m, 5H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H).
    • Example 36 4-(2-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-773595)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00067
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (3:1, 4.8 mL) was mixed with 2-methylthiophenyl boronic acid (33.8 mg, 0.20 mmol) and K2CO3 (54.3 mg, 0.39 mmol). The resultant mixture was bubbled with argon for 5 minutes, and added by Pd(PPh3)4 (3.0 mg, 0.0026 mmol). The reaction tube was sealed and heated with “Smith Creator” (microwave, 150° C.) for 15 minutes. The mixture was concentrated under vaco. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then provided the title compound (89%): MS (ES) m/z 471 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, br, 2H), 3.72 (m, br, 5H), 6.25 (m, br, 1H), 6.41 (m, 1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 2H).
    • Example 37 4-(3-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-773596)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00068
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 36 except 3-methylthiophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (71%): MS (ES) m/z 471 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.50 (s, br, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 3.72 (m, br, 5H), 6.25 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 4H), 7.77 (m, 1H).
    • Example 38 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-773597)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00069
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 36 except 4-methoxyphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (70%): MS (ES) m/z 455 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.80 (s, br, 2H), 3.77 (m, br, 5H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 6.10 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 4H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.86 (m, 1H).
    • Example 39 4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-773598)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00070
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 36 except 3-methoxyphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (79%): MS (ES) m/z 455 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.25 (s, br, 2H), 3.75 (m, br, 5H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.46 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 5H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.82 (m, 1H).
    • Example 40 4-phenyl-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-773658)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00071
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 36 except phenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (89%): MS (ES) m/z 425 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.16 (s, br, 2H), 3.83 (m, br, 5H), 6.15 (m, br, 1H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 6H), 7.80 (m, 1H).
    • Example 41 4-(4-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-773659)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00072
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 36 except 4-methylthiophenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (67%): MS (ES) m/z 471 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.57 (s, br, 2H), 3.72 (m, br, 5H), 6.20 (m, br, 1H), 6.46 (m, 1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.81 (m, 1H).
    • Example 42 4-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-773660)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00073
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 36 except 2-methoxyphenyl boronic acid was used in the coupling step (91%): MS (ES) m/z 455 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.70 (s, br, 2H), 3.68 (m, br, 5H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.20 (m, br, 1H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 7.08 (m, 4H), 7.48 (m, 4H).
    • Example 43 4-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-774117)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00074
  • A solution of 4-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (3:1, 4.8 mL) was mixed with 2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenol (44.0 mg, 0.20 mmol) and K2CO3 (71.9 mg, 0.52 mmol). The resultant mixture was bubbled with argon for 5 minutes, and added by Pd(PPh3)4 (3.0 mg, 0.0026 mmol). The reaction tube was sealed and heated with “Smith Creator” (microwave, 150° C.) for 15 minutes. The mixture was concentrated under vaco. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 3:1) then afforded the title compound (82%): MS (ES) m/z 441 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.65 (s, br, 2H), 3.80 (m, br, 5H), 6.05 (m, br, 1H), 6.54 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 4H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.98 (m, 1H).
    • Example 44 4-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-774118)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00075
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 43 except 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenol was used in the coupling step (13%): MS (ES) m/z 441 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR-(CD3OD) δ 2.18 (m, br, 5H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 5.50 (m, 1H), 5.65 (m, 4H), 5.86 (m, 1H), 6.08 (m, 1H), 6.44 (m, 1H).
    • Example 45 4-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-774119)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00076
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 43 except 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenol was used in the coupling step (56%): MS (ES) m/z 441 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 2.18 (m, br, 5H), 4.91 (m, 1H), 5.48 (m, 2H), 5.71 (m, 2H), 6.07 (m, 3H), 6.51 (m, 1H).
    • Example 46 4-(4-Methylsulfonyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-774120)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00077
  • A solution of 4-(4-Methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) in methylene chloride (3 mL) was mixed with mCPBA (80.0 mg, 0.33 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, the mixture was concentrated under vaco. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 10:1) then provided the title compound (61%): MS (ES) m/z 502 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.06 (s, br, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.77 (m, br, 5H), 6.20 (m, br, 1H), 6.51 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 8.15 (m, 2H).
    • Example 47 4-(3-Methylsulfonyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-774121)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00078
  • The title compound was prepared from 4-(3-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one by following the procedure in Example 46 (64%): MS (ES) m/z 503 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.09 (s, br, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.78 (m, br, 5H), 6.35 (m, br, 1H), 6.55 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.81 (m, 1H), 7.95 (m, 1H), 8.17 (m, 1H), 8.30 (s, br, 1H).
    • Example 48 4-(2-Methylsulfonyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (SB-774122)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00079
  • The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-2-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one by following the procedure in Example 46 (62%): MS (ES) m/z 503 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.27 (s, br, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.77 (m, br, 5H), 6.20 (s, br, 1H), 6.41 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.81 (m, 2H), 8.26 (m, 1H).
    • Example 49 N-cyclopropyl-3-(8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]amino}-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-4-methylbenzamide (GSK174908A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00080
  • 3-Fluoro-4-methylbenzoic acid (1.54 g, 0.01 mol) is dissolved in trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (10 mL) and cooled to about 0° C. NIS (2.25 g. 0.01 mol) is added in several portions over a 6 h period while maintaining the reaction temperature at about 0° C. The mixture is allowed to warm to rt. overnight. The reaction mixture is then poured over ice and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic layers are washed (Na2S2O5) and concentrated. The material is carried on crude.
  • The crude acid from above (−1.5 g) is dissolved in thionyl chloride (75 mL) and heated to 80° C. for about 2 h. The mixture is then cooled to room temperature and stirred under N2 overnight. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and dissolved in 15 mL DCM. Na2CO3 (3 g) is added along with the cyclopropyl amine (0.69 mL, 0.01 moles (hereinafter “mol”)). The mixture is allowed to stir overnight and purified via flash chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to afford 0.904 g of N-cyclopropyl-3-fluoro-5-iodo-4-methylbenzamide
  • N-cyclopropyl-3-fluoro-5-iodo-4-methylbenzamide (0.904 g, 2.83 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (30 mL). Bis-pinicalato-diborane (1.44 g, 2.83 mmol) is added followed by PdCl2.dppf (55 mg) and potassium acetate (1.38 g, 14.15 mmol). The mixture are stirred for about 18 h, concentrated in vacuo and purified via flash chromatography to afford N-cyclopropyl-3-fluoro-4-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzamide (60 mg).
  • 4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]-amino}pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (0.056 g, 0.17 mmol), N-cyclopropyl-3-fluoro-4-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzamide (0.065 g, 0.17 mmol), K2CO3 (0.07 g, 0.51 mmol) and tetrakis triphenyl phosphine palladium (10 mg, 0.05 eq) are dissolved in dioxane/water (3:1, 10 mL) and heated to about 100° C. for about 3 h. The mixture is concentrated and purified via reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound (9 mg, yellow powder, mp 214.2-217.5): LC-MS m/z 540 (M+H)+, 1.69 min (ret time). HPLC indicates 96% pure.
    • Example 50 4-chloro-2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (Intermediate 150b from pu61314)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00081
  • To the compound 4-chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylsulfinyl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (1.59 g, 4.47 mmol) in dichloromethane (89.4 mL) were added N,N-diethyl-1,3-propanediamine (0.845 mL, 5.36 mol) and triethylamine (1.26 uL, 8.94 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Some white precipitate was formed during the reaction. Filtration followed by wash with ethyl acetate/dichoromethane/methnol afforded the title compound (1.028 g, 60%). LC-MS m/z 383 (M+H)+.
    • Example 51 4-chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one Intermediate 163a from PU61314)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00082
  • To the compound 4-chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylsulfinyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (1.39 g, 3.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (80 mL) were added 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidine (0.75 g, 5.85 mol) and triethylamine (1.03 mL, 11.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at about −20° C. overnight. Filtration followed by concentration, the crude was purified with flash chromatography to afford the title compound (0.904 g, 51%). LC-MS m/z 474 (M+H)+.
    • Example 52 3-[8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl)-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-methylbenzoic Acid (GSK1080365A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00083
  • To a stirring solution of 3-iodo-4-methylbenzoic acid (60 g, 0.22 mol, 1 eq) in degassed DMF (1400 mL, 23.3 vol.) was charged 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (81.4 g, 0.32 mol, 1.4 eq) followed by potassium acetate (112 g, 1.14 mole, 5 eq) and [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium(II) (18.7 g, 0.02 mole, 0.1 eq). The resulting mixture was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and was heated to 80° C. with the exclusion of light overnight. The mixture was then concentrated under high vacuum and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and 2M HCl. The mixture was then filtered and the layers separated. The aqueous phase was re-extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were then washed with brine, dried and evaporated to yield a brown solid that was applied to a silica plug then eluted with 2:1 cyclohexane:ethyl acetate. Fractions were then combined and evaporated to yield a brown foam that was triturated with cyclohexane, collected by filtration then dried in vacuo to yield 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid. δ (CDCl3) 8.50-8.49 (1H, d), 8.04-8.02 (1H, dd), 7.27-7.25 (1H, d), 2.61 (3H, s), 1.36 (12H, s).
  • To the compound 4-chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (47.5 mg, 0.1 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) and water (1 mL) were added 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (38.4 mg, 0.15 mol), potassium carbonate (83 mg, 0.6 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (4.6 mL, 0.005 mmol). The mixture was heated with microwave at about 150° C. for about 15 min. The mixture was concentrated & then mixed with DMSO (0.75 mL) and water (0.25 mL). Separation by HPLC afforded the title compound (39 mg, 68%). LC-MS m/z 574 (M+H)+.
    • Example 53 3-[2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-2-methylbenzoic Acid (Intermediate 150c from PU61314)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00084
  • To the compound 4-chloro-2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (176 mg, 0.418 mmol) in dioxane (4.5 mL) and water (1.5 mL) was added 2-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (173 mg, 0.626 mol), potassium carbonate (289 mg, 2.09 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (24.2 mg, 0.0259 mmol). The mixture was heated with microwave at about 150° C. for about 15 min. The mixture was filtered. Separation by HPLC with TFA afforded the title compound (238 mg, 99%). LC-MS m/z 522 (M+H)+.
    • Example 54 1,1-dimethylethyl 3-[2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-5-fluoro-4-methylbenzoate trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 179a from PU61314)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00085
  • To the compound 4-chloro-2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (600 mg, 1.422 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) and water (5 mL) were added 1,1-dimethylethyl 3-fluoro-4-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate (542 mg, 2.132 mol), potassium carbonate (590 mg, 4.26 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium(0) (82 mg, 0.071 mmol). The mixture was heated with microwave at 150° C. for 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered. Separation by HPLC with TFA afforded the crude title compound.
    • Example 55 4-[2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]benzoic Acid (GSK1132145A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00086
  • To the compound 4-chloro-2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (168.75 mg, 0.40 mmol) in dioxane (12 mL) and water (4 mL) were added 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (148.85 mg, 0.60 mol), potassium carbonate (208 mg, 1.20 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (23 mg, 0.02 mmol). The mixture was heated with microwave at 150° C. for 15 min. The mixture was concentrated. It was mixed with DMSO (0.75 mL) and water (0.25 mL). Separation by HPLC afforded the title compound (147 mg, 72%). LC-MS m/z 508 (M+H)+.
    • Example 56 3-[2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]benzoic Acid (GSK1120344A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00087
  • To the compound 4-chloro-2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (210.5 mg, 0.50 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) and water (5 mL) were added 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (125 mg, 0.75 mol), potassium carbonate (210 mg, 1.20 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (29 mg, 0.025 mmol). The mixture was heated with microwave at about 150° C. for about 15 min. The mixture was concentrated, then mixed with DMSO (0.75 mL) and water (0.25 mL). Separation by HPLC afforded the title compound (467 mg, 32%). LC-MS m/z 508 (M+H)+.
    • Example 57 5-Chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (GW797371X) 57a) 4-chloro-6-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)amino]-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbonitrile (SB-666443)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00088
  • To the solution of phosphorus oxychloride (65 mL, 0.70 mol) in trichloroethylene (46.5 mL) was added DMF (25 mL, 0.32 mol) slowly to keep the temperature between 5° C. to 10° C. The solution was then warmed up to room temperature before 6-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)-4(1H)-pyrimidinone (25 g, 0.16 mol) was added in portions. The resultant reaction mixture was heated at 80° C. overnight followed by concentration under vacuum. The resulting slurry like residue was poured into ice, stirred for about 2 hours then filtered to afford the crude product. The crude product was further purified by recrystallization with hexane to afford 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbaldehyde (21.3 g, 61%). 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.66 (s, 3H), 10.4 (s, 1H).
  • To the mixture of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (139 mg, 2.0 mmol), HOAc (0.113 mL, 2.0 mmol) and EtOH (5 mL) was added 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbaldehyde (223 mg, 1.0 mol) to room temperature. The solution was then heated at 50° C. for about 1 hour, 60° C. for about 30 minutes and 70° C. for about 30 minutes before it was concentrated under vacuum and washed with H2O (10-20 mL) to afford 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbaldehyde oxime (190 mg, 80%). LC-MS m/z 238 (M+H)+ 1.57 minute, 1.65 minute; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.62, 2.65 (3H), 7.53, 8.30 (1H).
  • To 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbaldehyde oxime (2.38 g, 10 mmol) was added SOCl2 (21.8 mL, 0.30 mol) slowly at room temperature. The solution was then heated at 75° C. for about 3 hours before it was concentrated under vacuum. The residue SOCl2 was removed by evaporation with toluene (5 mL) under vacuum. The resulting solid was washed with EtOH/H2O (10 mL, 1:1) to afford 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbonitrile (2.04 g, 93%). LC-MS m/z 220 (M+H)+ 1.99 minute; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.64 (3H).
  • To the solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbonitrile (2.20 g, 10.0 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added 2,6-difluoroaniline (2.17 mL, 20.0 mmol). The solution was stirred at 50° C. for about 60 minutes. The mixture was slowly added into a solution of MeOH (20 mL) and water (30 mL). The resultant solid was filtered and washed with MeOH/H2O (20 mL, 1:1) to give 4-chloro-6-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)amino]-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbonitrile as a white solid (2.82 g, 90%). LC-MS m/z 313 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.33 (s, 3H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H).
    • 57b) 5-(Aminomethyl)-6-chloro-N-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)-4-pyrimidinamine (Intermediate 1b from PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00089
  • To the solution of 4-chloro-6-[(2,6-difluorophenyl)amino]-2-(methylthio)-5-pyrimidinecarbonitrile (0.938 g) was added borane.THF complex (1.0 M, 15 mL). The reaction mixture was then heated at reflux for about 4 h until all the starting material disappeared. The solution was cooled to r.t., mixed with HCl solution (6 M, 5 mL), and stirred at room temperature for about 30 minutes. The solution was then mixed with NaOH solution (3 M) to pH 9.0-10.0. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), collected, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford the title compound 0.97 g (quantative). LC-MS m/z 317 (M+H)+, 1.5 min (ret. time).
    • 57c) 5-Chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[1,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (GW797371X)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00090
  • To the solution of 5-(aminomethyl)-6-chloro-N-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)-4-pyrimidinamine (0.317 g) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added the mixture of carbonyl diimidazole (0.178 g) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The resultant mixture was stirred for about 3 hours at r.t., mixed with CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and washed with HCl (1 N, 2×10 mL) and H2O (20 mL). The organic layers were collected, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to provide the title compound (0.279 g, 81%). LC-MS m/z 343 (M+H)+, 1.75 min (ret. time); 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.44-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 2H), 5.84 (br, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H).
    • Example 58 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylsulfinyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (Intermediate 86a from PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00091
  • To a solution of 3-[8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-methylbenzoic acid (1.71 g, 5 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (60 mL) was added m-CPBA (1.17 g, 5.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, then directly loaded onto a column. Flash chromatography (mobile phase EtOAc/Hexane) afforded the title compound as a white solid 1.58 g (88%). LC-MS m/z 358 (M+H)+.
    • Example 59 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-[4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (Intermediate 86b from PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00092
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylsulfinyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (250 mg, 0.70 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) were added 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)piperidine (323 mg, 2.1 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.3 mL, 1.7 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature over night. The result mixture was concentrated. CombiFlash chromatography (mobile phase DCM/DCM[90]+MeOH[7]+NH4OH[3]) provided the title compound as a white solid (253 mg, 81%). LC-MS m/z 449 (M+H)+
    • Example 60 3-{8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-2-[4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrhahdropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}-N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide (GSK867059A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00093
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-[4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (18 mg, 0.04 mmol) in dioxane (1.5 mL)/water (0.5 mL) were added potassium carbonate (34 mg, 0.25 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (2.3 mg, 0.002 mmol) and N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzamide (22 mg, 0.062 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with N2 for 5 mins, then microwaved at about 150° C. for about 30 mins. The reaction mixture was concentrated. CombiFlash chromatography (mobile phase DCM/DCM[90]+MeOH[7]+NH4OH[3]) provided the title compound as a white solid (14 mg, 54%). LC-MS m/z 642 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.24 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 4H), 2.74 (t, 2H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.40 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 4H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H).
    • Example 61 7-(1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl)-5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (87a from PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00094
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylsulfinyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (200 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) were added 1,4′-bipiperidine (270 mg, 1.61 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.3 mL, 1.7 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature over night. The result mixture was concentrated. CombiFlash chromatography (mobile phase DCM/DCM[90]+MeOH[7]+NH4OH[3]) provided the title compound as a white solid (298 mg, 83%). LC-MS m/z 463 (M+H)+.
    • Example 62 3-[2-(1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl)-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylbenzamide (GSK867060A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00095
  • To a solution of compound 7-(1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl)-5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (18 mg, 0.04 mmol) in dioxane (1.5 mL)/water (0.5 mL) were added potassium carbonate (34 mg, 0.25 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (2.3 mg, 0.002 mmol) and N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzamide (22 mg, 0.062 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with N2 for 5 mins, then microwaved at about 150° C. for about 30 mins. The reaction mixture was concentrated. CombiFlash chromatography (mobile phase DCM/DCM[90]+MeOH [7]+NH4OH[3]) provided the title compound as a white solid (13 mg, 51%). LC-MS m/z 656 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.37 (m, 2H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.56 (m, 5H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.46 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 4H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H).
    • Example 63 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (Example 88a of PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00096
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylsulfinyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (800 mg, 2.23 mmol) in DCM (45 mL) were added N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (0.36 mL, 3.23 mmol) and triethylamine (0.63 mL, 4.5 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature over night. The result mixture was concentrated. CombiFlash chromatography (mobile phase DCM/DCM[90]+MeOH[7]+NH4OH[3]) provided the title compound as a white solid (730 mg, 85%). LC-MS m/z 383 (M+H)+.
    • Example 64 3-(8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)benzoic Acid (88b of PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00097
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-{[2-(dimethylamino)-ethyl]amino}-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (100 mg, 0.26 mmol) in dioxane (9 mL)/water (3 mL) were added potassium carbonate (217 mg, 1.57 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (15 mg, 0.013 mmol) and 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (65 mg, 0.39 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with N2 for 5 mins, then microwaved at about 150° C. for about 30 mins. The reaction mixture was concentrated. To the concentrated mixture were added DMSO (2 mL), H2O (0.5 mL) and AcOH (0.05 mL). Separation via a HPLC then provided the title compound as a white solid (120 mg, 98%). LC-MS m/z 469 (M+H)+.
    • Example 65 4-(8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)benzoic Acid (96a of PU6.1344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00098
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-{[2-(dimethylamino)-ethyl]-amino}-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (150 mg, 0.39 mmol) in dioxane (12 mL)/water (4 mL) were added potassium carbonate (325 mg, 2.36 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (23 mg, 0.019 mmol) and 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (146 mg, 0.59 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with N2 for about 5 mins, then microwaved at about 150° C. for about 30 mins. The reaction mixture was concentrated. To the concentrated mixture were added DMSO (2 mL), H2O (0.5 mL) and AcOH (0.05 mL). Separation via a HPLC then provided the title compound as a white solid (142 mg, 77%). LC-MS m/z 469 (M+H)v.
    • Example 66 4-(8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahadropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methylbenzoic Acid (Example 104b of PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00099
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-amino}-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL)/water (5 mL) were added potassium carbonate (433 mg, 3.14 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (31 mg, 0.027 mmol) and 3-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (205 mg, 0.78 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with N2 for about 10 mins, then microwaved at 150° C. for about 30 mins. The reaction mixture was concentrated. To the concentrated mixture were added DMSO (2 mL), H2O (0.5 mL) and AcOH (0.05 mL). Gilson with TFA provided the title compound as a white solid (310 mg, 99%). LC-MS m/z 483 (M+H)+.
    • Example 67 1,1-dimethylethyl 3-(8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-4-methylbenzoate (Example 111a of PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00100
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL)/water (5 mL) were added potassium carbonate (433 mg, 3.14 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (31 mg, 0.027 mmol) and (5-{[(1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]carbonyl}-3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)boronic acid (159 mg, 0.63 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with N2 for 10 mins, then microwaved at 150° C. for 30 mins. The reaction mixture was concentrated. To the concentrated mixture were added DMSO (2 mL), H2O (0.5 mL) and AcOH (0.05 mL). Separation via a HPLC then provided the title compound as a white solid (270 mg, 88%). LC-MS m/z 587 (M+H)+.
    • Example 68 3-(8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-methylbenzoic Acid (GSK612060A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00101
  • To the solution of 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (191 mg, 0.50 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) and water (5 mL) were added 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (197 mg, 0.75 mmol), K2CO3 (415 mg, 3.0 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium(0) (23 mg, 0.025 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for about 15 minutes with microwave. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dry then was added DMSO (2 mL), water (0.5 mL) and HOAc (1 drop). The solution was filtered and applied to the reverse phase HPLC to afford the titled compound 0.24 g (quantitative). LC-MS m/z 483 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CD3OD) 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 3.16 (s, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 69 3-(8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]amino}-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-ethylbenzoic Acid (GSK690657A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00102
  • The title compound was prepared by following the procedure in Example 68 except 3-(dihydroxyboranyl)-4-ethylbenzoic acid was used in the coupling reaction (yield: 38%). LC-MS m/z 497 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CD3OD) 1.22 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 2.68 (s, 2H), 2.77 (s, 6H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 8.10 (m 1H).
    • Example 70 5-chloro-7-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one trifluoroacetate (Example 228a of PU61344)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00103
  • To 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylsulfinyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (275 mg, 0.767 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added N,N-diethyl-1,3-propyldiamine (0.181 mL, 1.15 mmol) and triethylamine (0.215 mL, 1.53 mmol). The mixture was stirred over night. The mixture was concentrated and separated by Gilson HPLC (with 0.1% TFA) to afford the title compound (207 mg, 64%).
    • Example 71 3-[2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-methylbenzoic Acid (GSK1229512A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00104
  • To 5-chloro-7-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (207 mg, 0.488 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (7.5 mL) and water (2.5 mL) was added 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (0.192 g, 0.733 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium(0) (28.3 mg, 0.024 mmol), and potassium carbonate (270 mg, 1.95 mmol). The mixture was heated with microwave for about 15 min at 150° C., and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was concentrated and separated by HPLC to afford the title compound (66 mg, 26%). LC-MS m/z 525 (M+H)+.
    • Example 72 3-[8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)-7-oxo-7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-methylbenzoic Acid (GSK249201A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00105
  • The solution of 4-chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio) pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (1.70 g, 5.00 mmol) in DME (150 mL) and H2O (50 mL), in a pressure flask (500 mL, Chemglass), was added 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxa borolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (1.97 g, 7.50 mmol) and K2CO3 (4.15 g, 30.0 mmol). The resulting mixture was degassed with Argon for 5 minutes, mixed with Pd(PPh3)4 (0.232 g, 0.20 mmol) and heated with a preheated oil bath (160° C.) under vigorous stirring for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, concentrated under vacuum to remove DME. It was then mixed with EtOAc (200 mL) and AcOH (2.5 mL), and shaked. The layers were separated. The organic layer was collected, further washed with brine (70 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified via a flash chromatography (load column with DCM, mobile phase EtOAc/Hexane) to afford the title compound as a white solid 2.15 g (98%). LC-MS (ES) m/z 440 (M+H)+; 1H-NMR (CD3OD) δ 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 6.71 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (m, 2H), 8.00 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (dd, J1=7.6 Hz, J2=1.6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 73 3-[8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)-7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-N,N,4-trimethylbenzamide (GSK576970A)
  • Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00106
  • 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (1 g, 3.8 mmoles) was taken up in CH2Cl2 (200 mL) and was treated with oxalyl chloride (0.44 mL, 5 mmol) and DMF (1 drop). One hour after gas evolution had ceased, the solvents were pumped off in vacuo, and the residue stripped from toluene. This was again taken up in CH2Cl2 (200 mL), and excess dimethyl amine was bubbled into the mixture, which was then sealed off and stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvents were pumped off to give the crude N,N,4-trimethyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzamide, which was used without further purification in the next step.
  • 5-chloro-1-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one (0.102 g, 0.298 mmol), N,N,4-trimethyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzamide from above, (0.129 g, 0.447 mmol), and K2CO3 (0.123 g, 0.894 mmol), were taken up in dioxane (6 mL) and water (1.2 mL). The mixture was degassed with argon for 30 min and tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium(0) (0.026 g, 0.022 mmol) was added. The mixture was then heated under argon at 95° C. for 18 h. The solvents were pumped off, and after aqueous workup, the crude material was flashed on silica gel (15 g), eluted with a EtOAc/CH2Cl2 gradient to give the title compound as a white amorphous solid. mp 144-147° C. LC-MS m/z 470 (M+H)+, 2.02 min (ret time).
  • All publications, including but not limited to patents and patent applications, cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference herein as though fully set forth.
  • The above description fully discloses the invention including preferred embodiments thereof. Modifications and improvements of the embodiments specifically disclosed herein are within the scope of the following Claims. Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. Therefore, the Examples herein are to be construed as merely illustrative and not a limitation of the scope of the present invention in any way. The embodiments of the invention in which an exclusive property or privilege is claimed, are defined as follows.

Claims (69)

1. A compound of formula (II):
Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00107
wherein
G1 is CH2;
G2 is CH;
Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
Rg is a C1-10 alkyl;
m is 0, or an integer having a value of 1, or 2;
R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted.
2. The compound according to claim 1 which is Formula (II).
3. The compound according to claim 1 which is Formula (IIa).
4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Rg is methyl.
5. The compound according to claim 4 wherein m is 0.
6. The compound according to claim 4 wherein m is 2.
7. The compound according claim 1 wherein Rx is chloro.
8. The compound according claim 1 wherein R3 is an optionally substituted aryl.
9. The compound according to claim 8 wherein R3 is optionally substituted independently, one or more times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-10 alkyl, hydroxy, C1-10 alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, or halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl.
10. The compound according to claim 9 wherein R3 is a phenyl substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine, or methyl.
11. The compound according to claim 8 wherein R3 is phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, or 2,6-dimethylphenyl.
12. The compound according to claim 1 which is:
4-Chloro-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one;
4-Chloro-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2-methylsulfinyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one;
4-Chloro-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one;
4-Chloro-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfinyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one;
4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; and
4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfinyl-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one.
13. A compound of the formula:
Figure US20090048444A1-20090219-C00108
wherein
G1 is —CH2:
G2 is CH;
Rx is chloro, bromo, iodo, or O—S(O)2CF3;
X is R2, OR2″, S(O)mR2″, (CH2)n′N(R11)S(O)mR2′, (CH2)n′N(R11)C(O)R2′, (CH2)nNR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), or N(R10′)—Rh—NH—C(═N—CN)NRqRq′;
X1 is N(R11), O, S(O)m, or CR10R20;
Rh is selected from an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, —CH2—C(O)—CH2—, —CH2CH2—O—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—C(O)N(R10′)CH2—CH2—, —CH2—N(R10′)C(O)CH2—, —CH2—CH(OR10′)—CH2, —CH2—C(O)O—CH2—CH2—, or —CH2—CH2—O—C(O)CH2—;
Rq and Rq′ are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl-C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, wherein all of the moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted, or Rq and Rq′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 to 7 membered optionally substituted ring, which ring may contain an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur;
R2 is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10-alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or R2 is the moiety (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or C(A1)(A2)(A3);
R2′ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted;
R2″ is hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylC1-10-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10-alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclylC1-10-alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or
wherein R2″ is the moiety (CR10R20)tX1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3);
A1 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl;
A2 is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, or aryl C1-10 alkyl;
A3 is hydrogen or is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl;
R3 is a C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic or a heterocyclylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
R4 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; or the R4 and R14 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen;
R10 and R20 are independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
R10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
R11 is independently selected from hydrogen or C1-4alkyl;
n′ is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
m is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
q is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
q′ is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 6; or
t is an integer having a value of 2 to 6.
14. The compound according to claim 13 which is Formula (III).
15. The compound according to claim 13 which is Formula (IIIa).
16. The compound according to claim 13 wherein Rx is chloro.
17. The compound according to claim 13 wherein R3 is an optionally substituted aryl.
18. The compound according to claim 17 wherein R3 is optionally substituted independently, one or more times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-10 alkyl, hydroxy, C1-10 alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, or halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl.
19. The compound according to claim 18 wherein R3 is phenyl substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine or methyl.
20. The compound according to claim 13 wherein R3 is phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, or 2,6-dimethylphenyl.
21. The compound according to claim 13 wherein X is R2, and R2 is (CR10R20)q′X1(CR10R20)qC(A1)(A2)(A3), or C(A1)(A2)(A3).
22. The compound according to claim 21 wherein at least one of A1, A2 or A3 is a C1-10 alkyl substituted by (CR10R20)nOR6; and wherein
n is 0, or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
m is 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroarylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen may be optionally substituted independently at each occurrence, one or more times, by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; S(O)m alkyl; C(O); NR4′R14′; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; an unsubstituted aryl or arylalkyl, or an aryl or arylalkyl substituted one or two times by halogen, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3;
R4′ and R14′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R4′ and R14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′; and
R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl.
23. The compound according to claim 21 wherein X1 is N(R10′), q is 0 or 1, q′ is 0, and R6 is hydrogen.
24. The compound according to claim 13 wherein X is (CH2)n′NR4R14, or (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″).
25. The compound according to claim 24 wherein X is (CH2)n′NR4R14, and R4 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryl-C1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted heterocylic C1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl.
26. The compound according to claim 25 wherein the C1-10 alkyl may be substituted one or more times, independently at each occurrence with NR4′R14′; halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, C(O)NR4′R14′; or NR4′C(O) C1-10alkyl; and wherein
R4′ and R14′ are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R4′ and R14′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from NR9′; and
R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl.
27. The compound according to claim 24 wherein X is (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″), and R2′ is an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclyl C1-10 alkyl, or heteroarylalkyl.
28. The compound according to claim 27 wherein the R2, moieties, excluding hydrogen, are optionally substituted 1 to 4 times, independently, at each occurrence, by C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10alkyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl, C5-7 cycloalkenyl C1-10 alkyl, halogen, —C(O), cyano, nitro, aryl, aryl C1-10 alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)S(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, (CR10R20)nNReRe′C1-4alkylNReRe′, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nS(O)2NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(═N(R10′))NReRe′, (CR10R20)nC(═NOR6) NReRe′, (CR10R20)nOC(Z) NReRe′, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z) NReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; and wherein
R6 is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylC1-10 alkyl, wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen are optionally substituted;
R7 is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-6alkyl, aryl, arylC1-6alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6alkyl moiety, and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
Re are Re′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety; or Re and Re′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and
wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, S(O)mRf; C(O)Rj; C(O)O Rj; (CR10R20)nN(R10)C(Z)OR7; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NRdRd′; C(O)NR4′R14′; NR4′C(O)C1-10alkyl; NR4′C(O)aryl; cyano; nitro; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; aryl, aryl C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclicC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-4alkyl, and wherein these aryl, heterocyclic, and heteroaryl containing moieties may be optionally substituted one to two times independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3;
Rd and Rd′ are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C3-5 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, or the Rd and Rd′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′; and
wherein the Rd and Rd′ moieties which are C1-4 alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, and the R4 and R14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted, 1 to 4 times, independently by halogen; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-4alkyl; C1-4 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)mRf; C(O)Rj; ; C(O)O Rj; C(O)NR4′R14′, NR4′C(O)C1-4alkyl; S(O)2NR4′R14′OC1-4 alkyl; NR4′R14′S(O)2C1-4 alkyl; or NR4′R14′;
Rf is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-10alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties may all be optionally substituted;
Rf′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10alkyl, or NR4′R14′ and wherein these moieties may all be optionally substituted;
R4′ and R14′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R4′ and R14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′;
R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
Rj is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-4alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-4alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-4alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; and
n is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10.
29. The compound according to claim 28 wherein R2′ is a heterocyclic or a heterocyclic alkyl substituted one or more times, independently by C1-10 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10)C(Z)OR7.
30. The compound according to claim 13 wherein the (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″) moiety is 1-(phenylmethyl)-4-piperidinamine, 2-[4-(phenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]ethylamine, 2-(1-piperidinyl)ethylamine, 2-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)ethylamine, 1-[(phenylmethyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl]amine, 3-[(1-pyrrolidinyl)propyl]amine, 3-[(hexahydro-1H-azepin-1-yl)propyl]amine, (1-methyl-4-piperidinyl)amine, 3-[(4-morpholinyl)propyl]amine, 3-[(2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)propyl]amine, 2-[(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]amine, 2-[(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]amine, or [(1-ethyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)methyl]amine.
31. The compound according to claim 13 wherein R2′ is a C1-10 alkyl substituted by (CR10R20)nNReRe′ or (CR10R20)nNReRe′C1-4alkylNReRe′; and wherein
Re are Re′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-14alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety; or Re and Re′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and
wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, S(O)mRf′; C(O)Rj; C(O)ORj; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NRdRd′; C(O)NR4′R14′; NR4′C(O)C1-10alkyl; NR4′C(O)aryl; cyano; nitro; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; aryl, aryl C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclicC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-4alkyl, and wherein these aryl, heterocyclic, and heteroaryl containing moieties may be optionally substituted one to two times independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3;
Rd and Rd′ are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C3-5 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, or the Rd and Rd′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′; and
wherein the Rd and Rd′ moieties which are C1-4 alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, and the R4 and R14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted, 1 to 4 times, independently by halogen; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-4alkyl; C1-4 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)mRf, C(O)Rj; C(O)O Rj; C(O)NR4′R14′NR4′C(O)C1-4alkyl; S(O)2NR4′R14′C1-4 alkyl; NR4′R14′S(O)2C1-4 alkyl; or N4′R14′;
Rf is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties may all be optionally substituted;
Rf′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10alkyl, or NR4′R14′ and wherein these moieties may all be optionally substituted;
R4′ and R14′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R4′ and R14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′;
R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
Rj is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-4alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-4alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-4alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; and
n is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10.
32. The compound according to claim 31 wherein Re and Re′ are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, or t-butyl.
33. The compound according to claim 13 wherein (CH2)n′N(R2′)(R2″) is 3-(dimethylamino)propyl(methyl)amine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, propylamine, (2,2-dimethylpropyl)amine, (2-hydroxypropyl)amino, 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamine, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amine, 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl(methyl)amine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, 2-(methylamino)ethylamine, [(1-methylethyl)amino]ethylamine, 3-(diethylamino)propylamine, 3-(dibutylamino)propylamine, 3-[(1-methylethyl)amino]propylamine, 3-(1,1-dimethylethyl)aminopropylamino, 3-(dimethylamino)-2,2-dimethylpropylamine, 4-(diethylamino)-1-methylbutylamine, or 3-[[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-(methyl)amino]propyl(methyl)amine.
34. The compound according to claim 13 wherein R3 is an aryl optionally substituted one or more times independently at each occurrence with halogen, nitro, C1-10 alkyl, halo-substituted C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-10 alkyl, C5-7cycloalkenyl, C5-7cycloalkenylC1-10 alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, (CR10R20)nSH, (CR10R20)nS(O)mR7, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)S(O)2R7, (CR10R20)nNR16R26, (CR10R20)nCN, (CR10R20)nS(O)2NR16R26, (CR10R20)nC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nOC(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)OR6, (CR10R20)nC(Z)NR16R26, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)R6, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(═N(R10′))NR16R26, (CR10R20)nOC(Z) NR16R26, (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z) NR16R26, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; and wherein
R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl C1-10alkyl, aryl, arylC1-10 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroarylC1-10 alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen may be optionally substituted;
R7 is C1-6alkyl, aryl, arylC1-6alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclylC1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-6alkyl; and wherein each of these moieties may be optionally substituted;
R10′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
R10 and R20 are independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl;
R16 and R26 are each independently selected from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl; or the R16 and R26 together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′;
R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
n is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10;
m is independently selected from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 or 2;
Z is independently at each occurrence selected from oxygen or sulfur.
35. The compound according to claim 33 wherein R3 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
36. The compound according to claim 35 wherein the optional substituents on the phenyl ring are independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, C1-10alkyl, (CR10R20)nOR6, cyano, nitro, (CR10R20)nNR16R26, or halosubstituted C1-10alkyl.
37. The compound according claim 24 wherein the phenyl is substituted one or more times by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino or CF3.
38. The compound according to claim 36 wherein R3 is phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, or 2,6-dimethylphenyl.
39. The compound according to claim 13 which is:
2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-Chloro-8-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one;
2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-Chloro-8-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one; and
2-(Hydroxy-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one.
40. The compound according to claim 13 which is:
4-Chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-{[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]-amino}pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one;
4-chloro-2-{[3-(diethylamino)propyl]amino}-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one;
4-chloro-8-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-2-(4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one.
41. The compound according to claim 2 wherein R9 is methyl.
42. The compound according to claim 3 wherein R9 is methyl.
43. The compound according to claim 41 wherein m is 0.
44. The compound according to claim 42 wherein m is 0.
45. The compound according to claim 41 wherein m is 2.
46. The compound according to claim 42 wherein m is 2.
47. The compound according claim 43 wherein Rx is chloro.
48. The compound according claim 44 wherein Rx is chloro.
49. The compound according to claim 47 wherein R3 is phenyl or a phenyl substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine, or methyl.
50. The compound according to claim 49 wherein R3 is phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, or 2,6-dimethylphenyl.
51. The compound according to claim 48 wherein R3 is phenyl or a phenyl substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine, or methyl.
52. The compound according to claim 51 wherein R3 is phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, or 2,6-dimethylphenyl.
53. The compound according to claim 14 wherein Rx is chloro.
54. The compound according to claim 15 wherein Rx is chloro.
55. The compound according to claim 54 wherein R3 is an optionally substituted aryl.
56. The compound according to claim 55 wherein R3 is optionally substituted independently, one or more times, independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-10 alkyl, hydroxy, C1-10 alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, or halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl.
57. The compound according to claim 54 wherein R3 is phenyl, or phenyl substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine or methyl.
58. The compound according to claim 54 wherein R3 is phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, or 2,6-dimethylphenyl.
59. The compound according to claim 33 wherein Rx is chloro.
60. The compound according to claim 59 which is Formula (III).
61. The compound according to claim 59 wherein R3 is a phenyl substituted one or more times independently by fluorine, chlorine or methyl.
62. The compound according to claim 61 wherein X is 2-(dimethylamino)ethylamino.
63. The compound according to claim 13 wherein X is R2.
64. The compound according to claim 63 wherein R2 is an optionally substituted heterocyclic selected from the group consisting of tetrahydropyrrole, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, aziridinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino and thiomorpholino.
65. The compound according to claim 64 wherein R2 is an optionally substituted one or mores times independently by an optionally substituted heterocyclic, heterocyclic alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkyl, (CR10R20)nNReRe′, or (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; and
wherein
Re are Re′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-14 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl or a heteroaryl C1-4 alkyl moiety; or Re and Re′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and
wherein each of these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be substituted 1 to 4 times, independently at each occurrence by halogen; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-10alkyl; C1-10 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-10 alkoxy; amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, S(O)mRf′; C(O)Rj; C(O)ORj; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)OR7; (CR10R20)nN(R10′)C(Z)NRdRd′; C(O)NR4′R14′; NR4′C(O) C1-10alkyl; NR4′C(O)aryl; cyano; nitro; C1-10 alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl C1-10 alkyl; halosubstituted C1-10 alkyl; aryl, aryl C1-4 alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclicC1-4 alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylC1-4alkyl, and wherein these aryl, heterocyclic, and heteroaryl containing moieties may be optionally substituted one to two times independently at each occurrence by halogen, C1-4 alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy, S(O)malkyl, amino, mono & di-substituted C1-4 alkyl amino, C1-4 alkyl, or CF3;
Rd and Rd′ are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C3-5 cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, or the Rd and Rd′ together with the nitrogen which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members, which ring optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′; and
wherein the Rd and Rd′ moieties which are C1-4 alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkylC1-4 alkyl, and the R4 and R14 cyclized ring are optionally substituted, 1 to 4 times, independently by halogen; halosubstituted C1-4 alkyl; hydroxy; hydroxy substituted C1-4alkyl; C1-4 alkoxy; halosubstituted C1-4 alkoxy; S(O)mRf, C(O)Rj; C(O)O Rj; C(O)NR4′R14′, NR4′C(O)C1-4alkyl; S(O)2NR4′R14′C1-4 alkyl; NR4′R14′S(O)2C1-4 alkyl; or NR4′R14′;
Rf is independently selected at each occurrence from C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-10alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties may all be optionally substituted;
Rf′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-10alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-10alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-10alkyl, heterocyclic, heterocyclic C1-10alkyl, or NR4′R14′ and wherein these moieties may all be optionally substituted;
R4′ and R14′ are each independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, or R4′ and R14′ can cyclize together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5 to 7 membered ring which optionally contains an additional heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur or NR9′;
R9′ is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
Rj is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, aryl, aryl C1-4alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl C1-4alkyl, heterocyclic, or a heterocyclic C1-4alkyl moiety, and wherein these moieties, excluding hydrogen, may be optionally substituted; and
n is independently selected at each occurrence from 0 or an integer having a value of 1 to 10.
66. The compound according to claim 65 wherein the R2 optionally substituted heterocyclic is selected from an optionally substituted morpholino, piperidine, or pyrrolidinyl.
67. The compound according to claim 64 wherein R2 is an optionally substituted piperidinyl or piperazinyl ring.
68. The compound according to claim 63 wherein R2 is a 4-amino-1-piperidinyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]-carbonyl}amino)-1-piperidinyl, 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-ethyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-propyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-butyl-1-piperazinyl, 4-(methylamino)-1-piperidinyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl-4-piperidinyl}methylcarbamate, 4-phenyl-1-piperazinyl, 1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, 4-(4-morpholinyl)-1-piperidinyl, 4-(diphenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl, or 4-methylhexahydro-1H-1,4-diazepin-1-yl.
69. The compound according to claim 68 wherein R2 is 4-methyl-1,4′-bipiperidin-1′-yl, or (1-pyrrolidinyl)-1-piperidinyl.
US12/253,327 2005-03-25 2008-10-17 Process for Preparing Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-Dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one Derivatives Abandoned US20090048444A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/253,327 US20090048444A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2008-10-17 Process for Preparing Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-Dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one Derivatives

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US66515405P 2005-03-25 2005-03-25
US11/388,375 US7479558B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-03-24 Process for preparing pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives
US12/253,327 US20090048444A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2008-10-17 Process for Preparing Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-Dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one Derivatives

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/388,375 Division US7479558B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-03-24 Process for preparing pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090048444A1 true US20090048444A1 (en) 2009-02-19

Family

ID=37053945

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/908,839 Abandoned US20080096905A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-03-24 Process For Preparing Pyrido[2,3-D]Pyrimidin-7-One And 3,4-Dihydropyrimido{4,5-D}Pyrimidin-2(1H)-One Derivatives
US11/388,375 Expired - Fee Related US7479558B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-03-24 Process for preparing pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives
US12/253,327 Abandoned US20090048444A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2008-10-17 Process for Preparing Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-Dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one Derivatives

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/908,839 Abandoned US20080096905A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-03-24 Process For Preparing Pyrido[2,3-D]Pyrimidin-7-One And 3,4-Dihydropyrimido{4,5-D}Pyrimidin-2(1H)-One Derivatives
US11/388,375 Expired - Fee Related US7479558B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-03-24 Process for preparing pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives

Country Status (18)

Country Link
US (3) US20080096905A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1865959A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2008537937A (en)
KR (1) KR20080002865A (en)
CN (1) CN101495475A (en)
AR (1) AR059937A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2006229995A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2603163A1 (en)
EA (1) EA200702073A1 (en)
IL (1) IL186422A0 (en)
MA (1) MA29391B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2007012951A (en)
NO (1) NO20075232L (en)
NZ (1) NZ562433A (en)
SG (1) SG160438A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200735876A (en)
WO (1) WO2006104917A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200708524B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090069318A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-03-12 James Francis Callahan Novel Compounds
US20110046109A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2011-02-24 Glaxosmithkline Llc 2,4,8-trisubstituted-8h-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one compounds and compositions for use in therapy

Families Citing this family (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7235551B2 (en) * 2000-03-02 2007-06-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 1,5-disubstituted-3,4-dihydro-1h-pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-one compounds and their use in treating csbp/p38 kinase mediated diseases
PL373339A1 (en) * 2002-04-19 2005-08-22 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
EP1868612A4 (en) * 2005-03-25 2010-03-24 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
PE20061193A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-12-02 Glaxo Group Ltd DERIVATIVES OF 3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDO [4,5-d] PYRIMIDIN-2- [1H] -0NA AS KINASE INHIBITORS p38
MX2007012951A (en) * 2005-03-25 2008-01-11 Glaxo Group Ltd Process for preparing pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1h)-one derivatives.
EP2032142A4 (en) * 2006-06-16 2010-07-21 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
GB201204384D0 (en) 2012-03-13 2012-04-25 Univ Dundee Anti-flammatory agents
US10112927B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2018-10-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (CDK7)
CN103664796A (en) * 2013-12-06 2014-03-26 辽宁师范大学 Synthesis method of 5-[2-(5-carboxyl-pyrimidyl)]-1,3-benzene dicarboxylic acid
AU2015292827B2 (en) 2014-07-21 2019-11-14 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Macrocyclic kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2015292818B2 (en) 2014-07-21 2020-01-16 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Imidazolyl kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
US20170224700A1 (en) 2014-08-08 2017-08-10 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Uses of salt-inducible kinase (sik) inhibitors
WO2017151409A1 (en) 2016-02-29 2017-09-08 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Incorporated Chemotherapeutic methods
EP3481830B1 (en) 2016-07-05 2022-02-16 The Broad Institute, Inc. Bicyclic urea kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11241435B2 (en) 2016-09-16 2022-02-08 The General Hospital Corporation Uses of salt-inducible kinase (SIK) inhibitors for treating osteoporosis
EP3555099B1 (en) 2016-12-15 2021-08-18 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Process for preparing btk inhibitors
AU2018226771B2 (en) 2017-02-28 2023-11-23 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Uses of pyrimidopyrimidinones as SIK inhibitors
US11760701B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2023-09-19 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New Yrok Difluoromethoxylation and trifluoromethoxylation compositions and methods for synthesizing same
CN114950558B (en) * 2021-02-22 2023-08-11 陕西师范大学 Bipiperidine skeleton tetradentate nitrogen-containing manganese catalyst and method for catalyzing hydrocarbon molecule benzyl site selective oxidation by using same

Citations (67)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2833779A (en) * 1956-10-29 1958-05-06 American Cyanamid Co Substituted pyrazoles
US3910913A (en) * 1969-11-04 1975-10-07 American Home Prod 4,5-Diamino-7H-pyrrolo{8 2,3-d{9 pyrimidine derivatives
US3940486A (en) * 1971-05-10 1976-02-24 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Imidazole derivatives in the treatment of pain
US4199592A (en) * 1978-08-29 1980-04-22 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Antiinflammatory 4,5-diaryl-2-nitroimidazoles
US4447431A (en) * 1980-07-25 1984-05-08 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Tri-substituted imidazole derivatives, pharmaceutical preparations containing them, and their use
US4503065A (en) * 1982-08-03 1985-03-05 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Antiinflammatory 4,5-diaryl 1-2-halo imidazoles
US4565875A (en) * 1984-06-27 1986-01-21 Fmc Corporation Imidazole plant growth regulators
US4686231A (en) * 1985-12-12 1987-08-11 Smithkline Beckman Corporation Inhibition of 5-lipoxygenase products
US4822805A (en) * 1986-08-15 1989-04-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridyl-imidazole compounds which have useful pharmaceutical activity
US5545669A (en) * 1994-06-02 1996-08-13 Adams; Jerry L. Anti-inflammatory compounds
US5559137A (en) * 1994-05-16 1996-09-24 Smithkline Beecham Corp. Compounds
US5591992A (en) * 1991-03-28 1997-01-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electrostatic discharge protection in integrated circuits, systems and methods
US5593992A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-01-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Compounds
US5593991A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-01-14 Adams; Jerry L. Imidazole compounds, use and process of making
US5656644A (en) * 1994-07-20 1997-08-12 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridyl imidazoles
US5658903A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-08-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Imidazole compounds, compositions and use
US5670527A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-09-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridyl imidazole compounds and compositions
US5716972A (en) * 1993-01-13 1998-02-10 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridyl substituted imidazoles
US5716955A (en) * 1996-01-11 1998-02-10 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Substituted imidazole compounds
US5739143A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-04-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Imidazole compounds and compositions
US5756499A (en) * 1996-01-11 1998-05-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Substituted imidazole compounds
US5777097A (en) * 1993-09-17 1998-07-07 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Oligonucleotides comprising a region of a cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug binding protein
US5783664A (en) * 1993-09-17 1998-07-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cytokine suppressive anit-inflammatory drug binding proteins
US5869043A (en) * 1993-09-17 1999-02-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Drug binding protein
US5916891A (en) * 1992-01-13 1999-06-29 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyrimidinyl imidazoles
US5917043A (en) * 1995-12-22 1999-06-29 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 4-aryl-5-pyrimidine imiazole substituted compounds
US5929076A (en) * 1997-01-10 1999-07-27 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkyl substituted imidazoles
US6063772A (en) * 1996-01-23 2000-05-16 Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Specific modulation of Th1/Th2 cytokine expression by ribavirin in activated T-lymphocytes
US6096739A (en) * 1996-03-25 2000-08-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Treatment for CNS injuries
US6235760B1 (en) * 1996-03-25 2001-05-22 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Treatment for CNS injuries
US6248225B1 (en) * 1998-05-26 2001-06-19 Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. Process for forming a two-coat electrodeposited composite coating the composite coating and chip resistant electrodeposited coating composition
US6288062B1 (en) * 1993-11-08 2001-09-11 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Oxazoles for treating cytokine mediated diseases
US6335340B1 (en) * 1997-12-19 2002-01-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation compounds of heteroaryl substituted imidazole, their pharmaceutical compositons and uses
US6362193B1 (en) * 1997-10-08 2002-03-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkenyl substituted compounds
US20020058635A1 (en) * 1996-10-16 2002-05-16 Averett Devron R. Purine L-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
US6399609B1 (en) * 1996-05-23 2002-06-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Therapeutic usage of tetrahydropteridines and pyridylpiperazines for treatment of neurological disorders
US6423695B1 (en) * 1998-01-13 2002-07-23 Ribapharm, Inc. Cytokine related treatments of disease
US6423425B1 (en) * 1998-05-26 2002-07-23 Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. Article having a chip-resistant electrodeposited coating and a process for forming an electrodeposited coating
US6455690B1 (en) * 1996-10-16 2002-09-24 Robert Tam L-8-oxo-7-propyl-7,8-dihydro-(9H)-guanosine
US20020137696A1 (en) * 1996-01-23 2002-09-26 Robert Tam Specific modulation of TH1/TH2 cytokine expression by ribavirin in activated T-lymphocytes
US6509320B1 (en) * 1996-10-16 2003-01-21 Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Purine L-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
US6509363B2 (en) * 1998-09-18 2003-01-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic inhibitors of p38
US20030078274A1 (en) * 1999-07-02 2003-04-24 Lipton Stuart A. Method of reducing neuronal injury or apoptosis
US20030092721A1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2003-05-15 Pitts William J. Quinazoline and pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US20030092908A1 (en) * 2001-05-01 2003-05-15 Pitts William J. Fused heterocyclic inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US20030100756A1 (en) * 2000-03-02 2003-05-29 Adams Jerry L 1,5- disubstituted-3,4-dihydro-1h-pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-one compounds and their use in treating csbp/p38 kinase mediated diseases
US20030130264A1 (en) * 2001-02-16 2003-07-10 Tularik Inc. Methods of using pyrimidine-based antiviral agents
US20030139434A1 (en) * 2000-01-21 2003-07-24 Bork Balkan Combinations comprising dipeptidylpeptidase-iv inhibitor
US20030162802A1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2003-08-28 Junqing Guo Pyrimidine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US20030191143A1 (en) * 2001-05-01 2003-10-09 Pitts William J. Fused heterocyclic compounds and use thereof
US20040044012A1 (en) * 1998-05-26 2004-03-04 Dobrusin Ellen Myra Bicyclic pyrimidines and bicyclic 3,4-dihydropyrimidines as inhibitors of cellular proliferation
US20040065378A1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2004-04-08 Fabrizio Chini Novel pipes made of polymeric material
US20040077641A1 (en) * 2001-02-22 2004-04-22 Thomas Bretschneider Pyridyl pyrimidines for use as pesticides
US20040087600A1 (en) * 2002-11-04 2004-05-06 Jianping Cai Amino-substituted dihydropyrimido[4,5-D]pyrimidinone derivatives
US20040092402A1 (en) * 2000-11-08 2004-05-13 Takashi Kuragano Pyrimidine derivatives and herbicides containing the same
US20040116697A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2004-06-17 Adams Jerry L. Novel compounds
US20060217401A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-09-28 Boehm Jeffrey C Novel compounds
US20060235029A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-10-19 Callahan James F Novel compounds
US7208629B2 (en) * 2001-10-17 2007-04-24 Glaxo Group Limited 5′-Carbamoyl-1,1-biphenyl-4-carboxamide derivatives and their use as p38 kinase inhibitors
US20080096905A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2008-04-24 Glaxo Group Limited Process For Preparing Pyrido[2,3-D]Pyrimidin-7-One And 3,4-Dihydropyrimido{4,5-D}Pyrimidin-2(1H)-One Derivatives
US20090074676A1 (en) * 2005-05-23 2009-03-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Inhibition of p38 MAPK For Treatment Of Obesity
US20090149492A1 (en) * 2006-11-20 2009-06-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 7,8-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-5(6h)-ones and related bicyclic compounds as inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase iv and methods
US20090170834A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2009-07-02 Prolexys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused Pyrimidones and Thiopyrimidones, and Uses Thereof
US20090176811A1 (en) * 2004-04-28 2009-07-09 Gruenenthal Gmbh Substituted 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine-2-yl Compounds and 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-quinazoline-2-yl Compounds
US20090221600A1 (en) * 2005-09-28 2009-09-03 Ashwani Kumar Verma Pyrido-pyridimidine derivatives useful as antiinflammatory agents
US20090233907A1 (en) * 2006-03-22 2009-09-17 Astrazeneca Ab Pyridopyrimidine Derivatives and Their Use as PDE4 Inhibitors
US20090239846A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-09-24 Glaxo Group Limited Novel Compounds

Family Cites Families (58)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA966134A (en) * 1972-05-05 1975-04-15 Haydn W.R. Williams 1,8-naphthyridine compounds
JPS5618982A (en) * 1979-06-14 1981-02-23 Wellcome Found Pyrimidine derivatives and medicinal drug containing them
GB2123831B (en) 1981-07-20 1986-01-15 Ciba Geigy Ag Trisubstituted oxazo compounds
JPS60226882A (en) * 1984-04-24 1985-11-12 Nippon Zoki Pharmaceut Co Ltd Novel pyrimidopyrimidine derivative
US4560691A (en) * 1984-07-13 1985-12-24 Sterling Drug Inc. 5-(Phenyl)-1,6-naphthyridin-2(1H)-ones, their cardiotonic use and preparation
EP0278686A1 (en) 1987-02-07 1988-08-17 The Wellcome Foundation Limited Pyridopyrimidines methods for their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations thereof
JPH01261306A (en) 1988-04-13 1989-10-18 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Flowering promoter comprising 2-alkylthio-4-aminopyrimidine derivative as active ingredient
IE913473A1 (en) * 1990-10-15 1992-04-22 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Quinazoline derivatives and their preparation
WO1992012154A1 (en) 1990-12-31 1992-07-23 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Imidazotriazine derivatives
ES2108120T3 (en) * 1991-05-10 1997-12-16 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Int MONO- AND BICYCLE BIS ARYLIC AND HETEROARILIC COMPOUNDS INHIBITING EGF AND / OR PDGF TYPHOSINE KINASE.
IL102764A0 (en) 1991-08-16 1993-01-31 Merck & Co Inc Quinazoline derivatives,and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
DE4131029A1 (en) * 1991-09-18 1993-07-29 Basf Ag SUBSTITUTED PYRIDO (2,3-D) PYRIMIDINE AS ANTIDOTS
GB9303993D0 (en) 1993-02-26 1993-04-14 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co New heterocyclic derivatives
US5466692A (en) * 1993-03-24 1995-11-14 American Home Products Corporation Substituted pyridopyrimidines and antihypertensives
US5426110A (en) * 1993-10-06 1995-06-20 Eli Lilly And Company Pyrimidinyl-glutamic acid derivatives
GB9325217D0 (en) 1993-12-09 1994-02-09 Zeneca Ltd Pyrimidine derivatives
IL112249A (en) 1994-01-25 2001-11-25 Warner Lambert Co Pharmaceutical compositions containing di and tricyclic pyrimidine derivatives for inhibiting tyrosine kinases of the epidermal growth factor receptor family and some new such compounds
US5547954A (en) * 1994-05-26 1996-08-20 Fmc Corporation 2,4-Diamino-5,6-disubstituted-and 5,6,7-trisubstituted-5-deazapteridines as insecticides
TW530047B (en) 1994-06-08 2003-05-01 Pfizer Corticotropin releasing factor antagonists
MX9701600A (en) * 1994-08-29 1997-05-31 Yamanouchi Pharma Co Ltd Novel naphthyridine derivative and medicinal composition thereof.
IL115256A0 (en) * 1994-11-14 1995-12-31 Warner Lambert Co 6-Aryl pyrido (2,3-d) pyrimidines and naphthyridines and their use
US5620981A (en) * 1995-05-03 1997-04-15 Warner-Lambert Company Pyrido [2,3-D]pyrimidines for inhibiting protein tyrosine kinase mediated cellular proliferation
US5760220A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-06-02 American Home Products Corporation Process for preparation of biphenyl derivatives
CA2250943A1 (en) 1996-04-12 1997-10-23 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Piperidinylpyrimidine derivatives
US6875769B2 (en) * 1996-05-23 2005-04-05 Pfizer Inc. Substituted6,6-hetero-bicyclicderivatives
DE69719193T2 (en) 1996-08-06 2003-09-25 Pfizer SUBSTITUTED PYRIDO OR PYRIMIDO GROUPS CONTAINING 6,6- OR 6,7-BICYCLIC DERIVATIVES
TW477787B (en) 1996-08-27 2002-03-01 Pfizer Pyrido six-membered nitrogen-containing cyclic ring derivatives having corticotropin releasing factor antagonist activity and pharmaceutical composition containing same
US6147080A (en) 1996-12-18 2000-11-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of p38
US6498163B1 (en) * 1997-02-05 2002-12-24 Warner-Lambert Company Pyrido[2,3-D]pyrimidines and 4-aminopyrimidines as inhibitors of cellular proliferation
US5945422A (en) * 1997-02-05 1999-08-31 Warner-Lambert Company N-oxides of amino containing pyrido 2,3-D! pyrimidines
EP0964864B1 (en) 1997-02-05 2008-04-09 Warner-Lambert Company LLC Pyrido 2,3-d pyrimidines and 4-aminopyrimidines as inhibitors of cellular proliferation
US6200977B1 (en) 1998-02-17 2001-03-13 Tularik Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives
JP2000038350A (en) 1998-05-18 2000-02-08 Yoshitomi Pharmaceut Ind Ltd Diabetes therapeutic drug
ES2310039T3 (en) 1998-05-26 2008-12-16 Warner-Lambert Company Llc BICYCLE PYRIMIDINES AND BICYCLE 3,4-DIHYDROPIRIMIDINS AS INHIBITORS OF CELL PROLIFERATION.
AU4429799A (en) 1998-06-12 1999-12-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of p38
US6184226B1 (en) * 1998-08-28 2001-02-06 Scios Inc. Quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of P-38 α
ATE232205T1 (en) * 1998-10-01 2003-02-15 Astrazeneca Ab QUINOLINE AND QUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS INHIBITORS OF DISEASES INVOLVING CYTOKINE
WO2000023444A1 (en) 1998-10-21 2000-04-27 Abbott Laboratories 5,7-disubstituted-4-aminopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds
US6358959B1 (en) 1999-01-26 2002-03-19 Merck & Co., Inc. Polyazanaphthalenone derivatives useful as alpha 1a adrenoceptor antagonists
DE60037455T2 (en) 1999-09-17 2008-11-27 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg KINASEINHIBITORS AS A MEDICAMENT
AU2576501A (en) 1999-12-08 2001-06-18 Advanced Medicine, Inc. Protein kinase inhibitors
EE200200405A (en) 2000-01-25 2003-12-15 Warner-Lambert Company Pyrido [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2,7-diamines as kinase inhibitors
BR0017075A (en) * 2000-01-27 2002-11-05 Warner Lambert Co Pyridopyrimidinone derivatives for the treatment of neurodegenerative disease
SK12472002A3 (en) 2000-03-06 2003-04-01 Warner-Lambert Company 5-Alkylpyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US6838463B2 (en) * 2000-09-19 2005-01-04 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Pyrimidine compounds and their use
EP1337255A4 (en) 2000-10-19 2006-01-25 Smithkline Beecham Corp Use of p38 inhibitors for the treatment of inflammation-enhanced cough
WO2002058695A1 (en) 2000-12-20 2002-08-01 Merck & Co., Inc. (halo-benzo carbonyl)heterocyclo fused phenyl p38 kinase inhibiting agents
JP4178783B2 (en) 2001-10-19 2008-11-12 三菱化学株式会社 Optical recording medium
US7019002B2 (en) * 2001-12-11 2006-03-28 Pharmacia & Upjohn, S.P.A. Pyridopyrimidinones derivatives as telomerase inhibitors
AU2003232071A1 (en) * 2002-05-06 2003-11-17 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Nucleoside derivatives for treating hepatitis c virus infection
US7384937B2 (en) * 2002-11-06 2008-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Fused heterocyclic compounds and use thereof
JP2004203751A (en) 2002-12-24 2004-07-22 Pfizer Inc Substituted 6,6-heterobicyclic derivative
WO2004065378A1 (en) * 2003-01-17 2004-08-05 Warner-Lambert Company Llc 2-aminopyridine substituted heterocycles as inhibitors of cellular proliferation
US7138412B2 (en) * 2003-03-11 2006-11-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tetrahydroquinoline derivatives useful as serine protease inhibitors
MXPA05012839A (en) * 2003-05-27 2006-05-17 Pfizer Prod Inc Quinazolines and pyrido [3,4-d] pyrimidines as receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors.
US7968545B2 (en) 2003-08-05 2011-06-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels
US7098222B2 (en) * 2004-05-12 2006-08-29 Abbott Laboratories Bicyclic-substituted amines having cyclic-substituted monocyclic substituents
CA2575804A1 (en) * 2004-08-26 2006-03-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pteridinones used as plk (polo like kinase) inhibitors

Patent Citations (98)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2833779A (en) * 1956-10-29 1958-05-06 American Cyanamid Co Substituted pyrazoles
US3910913A (en) * 1969-11-04 1975-10-07 American Home Prod 4,5-Diamino-7H-pyrrolo{8 2,3-d{9 pyrimidine derivatives
US3940486A (en) * 1971-05-10 1976-02-24 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Imidazole derivatives in the treatment of pain
US4199592A (en) * 1978-08-29 1980-04-22 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Antiinflammatory 4,5-diaryl-2-nitroimidazoles
US4447431A (en) * 1980-07-25 1984-05-08 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Tri-substituted imidazole derivatives, pharmaceutical preparations containing them, and their use
US4503065A (en) * 1982-08-03 1985-03-05 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Antiinflammatory 4,5-diaryl 1-2-halo imidazoles
US4565875A (en) * 1984-06-27 1986-01-21 Fmc Corporation Imidazole plant growth regulators
US4686231A (en) * 1985-12-12 1987-08-11 Smithkline Beckman Corporation Inhibition of 5-lipoxygenase products
US4822805A (en) * 1986-08-15 1989-04-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridyl-imidazole compounds which have useful pharmaceutical activity
US5591992A (en) * 1991-03-28 1997-01-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electrostatic discharge protection in integrated circuits, systems and methods
US5916891A (en) * 1992-01-13 1999-06-29 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyrimidinyl imidazoles
US5716972A (en) * 1993-01-13 1998-02-10 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridyl substituted imidazoles
US5670527A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-09-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridyl imidazole compounds and compositions
US5593991A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-01-14 Adams; Jerry L. Imidazole compounds, use and process of making
US5593992A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-01-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Compounds
US5969184A (en) * 1993-07-16 1999-10-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Amide compounds
US5663334A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-09-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Process for preparing pyrimidyl imidazoles
US5955366A (en) * 1993-09-17 1999-09-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Polynucleotides encoding cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug binding proteins
US5869043A (en) * 1993-09-17 1999-02-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Drug binding protein
US5777097A (en) * 1993-09-17 1998-07-07 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Oligonucleotides comprising a region of a cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug binding protein
US5783664A (en) * 1993-09-17 1998-07-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cytokine suppressive anit-inflammatory drug binding proteins
US5871934A (en) * 1993-09-17 1999-02-16 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Screening methods using cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug (CSAID) binding proteins
US6288062B1 (en) * 1993-11-08 2001-09-11 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Oxazoles for treating cytokine mediated diseases
US5559137A (en) * 1994-05-16 1996-09-24 Smithkline Beecham Corp. Compounds
US5545669A (en) * 1994-06-02 1996-08-13 Adams; Jerry L. Anti-inflammatory compounds
US5656644A (en) * 1994-07-20 1997-08-12 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridyl imidazoles
US5739143A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-04-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Imidazole compounds and compositions
US5869660A (en) * 1995-06-07 1999-02-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Process of preparing imidazole compounds
US5658903A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-08-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Imidazole compounds, compositions and use
US5917043A (en) * 1995-12-22 1999-06-29 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 4-aryl-5-pyrimidine imiazole substituted compounds
US5716955A (en) * 1996-01-11 1998-02-10 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Substituted imidazole compounds
US5864036A (en) * 1996-01-11 1999-01-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Substituted imidazole compounds
US5756499A (en) * 1996-01-11 1998-05-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Substituted imidazole compounds
US20020137696A1 (en) * 1996-01-23 2002-09-26 Robert Tam Specific modulation of TH1/TH2 cytokine expression by ribavirin in activated T-lymphocytes
US6063772A (en) * 1996-01-23 2000-05-16 Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Specific modulation of Th1/Th2 cytokine expression by ribavirin in activated T-lymphocytes
US6096739A (en) * 1996-03-25 2000-08-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Treatment for CNS injuries
US6235760B1 (en) * 1996-03-25 2001-05-22 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Treatment for CNS injuries
US6869955B2 (en) * 1996-05-23 2005-03-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Tetrahydropteridines and pyridylpiperazines for treatment of neurological disorders
US20030064993A1 (en) * 1996-05-23 2003-04-03 Wilde Richard Gerald Tetrahydropteridines and pyridylpiperazines for treatment of neurological disorders
US6399609B1 (en) * 1996-05-23 2002-06-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Therapeutic usage of tetrahydropteridines and pyridylpiperazines for treatment of neurological disorders
US6509320B1 (en) * 1996-10-16 2003-01-21 Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Purine L-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
US6455690B1 (en) * 1996-10-16 2002-09-24 Robert Tam L-8-oxo-7-propyl-7,8-dihydro-(9H)-guanosine
US20020058635A1 (en) * 1996-10-16 2002-05-16 Averett Devron R. Purine L-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
US5929076A (en) * 1997-01-10 1999-07-27 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkyl substituted imidazoles
US6362193B1 (en) * 1997-10-08 2002-03-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkenyl substituted compounds
US6335340B1 (en) * 1997-12-19 2002-01-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation compounds of heteroaryl substituted imidazole, their pharmaceutical compositons and uses
US6423695B1 (en) * 1998-01-13 2002-07-23 Ribapharm, Inc. Cytokine related treatments of disease
US20040044012A1 (en) * 1998-05-26 2004-03-04 Dobrusin Ellen Myra Bicyclic pyrimidines and bicyclic 3,4-dihydropyrimidines as inhibitors of cellular proliferation
US6423425B1 (en) * 1998-05-26 2002-07-23 Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. Article having a chip-resistant electrodeposited coating and a process for forming an electrodeposited coating
US6248225B1 (en) * 1998-05-26 2001-06-19 Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. Process for forming a two-coat electrodeposited composite coating the composite coating and chip resistant electrodeposited coating composition
US6509363B2 (en) * 1998-09-18 2003-01-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic inhibitors of p38
US20030078274A1 (en) * 1999-07-02 2003-04-24 Lipton Stuart A. Method of reducing neuronal injury or apoptosis
US20020132784A1 (en) * 1999-12-20 2002-09-19 Robert Tam Cytokine related treatments of disease
US20030139434A1 (en) * 2000-01-21 2003-07-24 Bork Balkan Combinations comprising dipeptidylpeptidase-iv inhibitor
US20030100756A1 (en) * 2000-03-02 2003-05-29 Adams Jerry L 1,5- disubstituted-3,4-dihydro-1h-pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-one compounds and their use in treating csbp/p38 kinase mediated diseases
US20070167467A1 (en) * 2000-03-02 2007-07-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 1,5-disubstituted-3,4-dihydro-1h-pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-one compounds and their use in treating csbp/p38 kinase mediated diseases
US20090048442A1 (en) * 2000-03-02 2009-02-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
US7235551B2 (en) * 2000-03-02 2007-06-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 1,5-disubstituted-3,4-dihydro-1h-pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-one compounds and their use in treating csbp/p38 kinase mediated diseases
US20040209901A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2004-10-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
US20050203109A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2005-09-15 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel Compounds
US20080032969A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2008-02-07 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
US20080033170A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2008-02-07 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
US7314881B2 (en) * 2000-10-23 2008-01-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 2,4,8-trisubstituted-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one compounds
US7323472B2 (en) * 2000-10-23 2008-01-29 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 2,4,8-trisubstituted-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one compounds
US7314934B2 (en) * 2000-10-23 2008-01-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 4-amino substituted-6-aryl/heteroaryl substituted-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde intermediates
US20040116697A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2004-06-17 Adams Jerry L. Novel compounds
US20090105478A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2009-04-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
US20040092402A1 (en) * 2000-11-08 2004-05-13 Takashi Kuragano Pyrimidine derivatives and herbicides containing the same
US20030130264A1 (en) * 2001-02-16 2003-07-10 Tularik Inc. Methods of using pyrimidine-based antiviral agents
US20040077641A1 (en) * 2001-02-22 2004-04-22 Thomas Bretschneider Pyridyl pyrimidines for use as pesticides
US20030092908A1 (en) * 2001-05-01 2003-05-15 Pitts William J. Fused heterocyclic inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US20030191143A1 (en) * 2001-05-01 2003-10-09 Pitts William J. Fused heterocyclic compounds and use thereof
US20030104974A1 (en) * 2001-05-01 2003-06-05 Pitts William J. Dual inhibitorsof PDE 7 and PDE 4
US7022849B2 (en) * 2001-06-19 2006-04-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Quinazoline and pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US20030100571A1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2003-05-29 Wayne Vaccaro Purine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE)
US20030092721A1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2003-05-15 Pitts William J. Quinazoline and pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US20060116516A1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2006-06-01 Pitts William J Quinazoline and pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US20030162802A1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2003-08-28 Junqing Guo Pyrimidine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (PDE) 7
US7208629B2 (en) * 2001-10-17 2007-04-24 Glaxo Group Limited 5′-Carbamoyl-1,1-biphenyl-4-carboxamide derivatives and their use as p38 kinase inhibitors
US20040065378A1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2004-04-08 Fabrizio Chini Novel pipes made of polymeric material
US20040087600A1 (en) * 2002-11-04 2004-05-06 Jianping Cai Amino-substituted dihydropyrimido[4,5-D]pyrimidinone derivatives
US20090176811A1 (en) * 2004-04-28 2009-07-09 Gruenenthal Gmbh Substituted 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine-2-yl Compounds and 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-quinazoline-2-yl Compounds
US20090239846A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-09-24 Glaxo Group Limited Novel Compounds
US7479558B2 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-01-20 Glaxo Group Limited Process for preparing pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives
US20080096905A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2008-04-24 Glaxo Group Limited Process For Preparing Pyrido[2,3-D]Pyrimidin-7-One And 3,4-Dihydropyrimido{4,5-D}Pyrimidin-2(1H)-One Derivatives
US20090069318A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-03-12 James Francis Callahan Novel Compounds
US7423042B2 (en) * 2005-03-25 2008-09-09 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US20060217401A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-09-28 Boehm Jeffrey C Novel compounds
US20090137550A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-05-28 Glaxo Group Limited Novel Compounds
US7678801B2 (en) * 2005-03-25 2010-03-16 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US20090156597A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-06-18 Glaxo Group Limited Novel Compounds
US7674789B2 (en) * 2005-03-25 2010-03-09 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US20060235029A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-10-19 Callahan James F Novel compounds
US20090074676A1 (en) * 2005-05-23 2009-03-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Inhibition of p38 MAPK For Treatment Of Obesity
US20090221600A1 (en) * 2005-09-28 2009-09-03 Ashwani Kumar Verma Pyrido-pyridimidine derivatives useful as antiinflammatory agents
US20090170834A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2009-07-02 Prolexys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused Pyrimidones and Thiopyrimidones, and Uses Thereof
US20090233907A1 (en) * 2006-03-22 2009-09-17 Astrazeneca Ab Pyridopyrimidine Derivatives and Their Use as PDE4 Inhibitors
US20090149492A1 (en) * 2006-11-20 2009-06-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 7,8-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-5(6h)-ones and related bicyclic compounds as inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase iv and methods

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110046109A1 (en) * 2000-10-23 2011-02-24 Glaxosmithkline Llc 2,4,8-trisubstituted-8h-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one compounds and compositions for use in therapy
US8058282B2 (en) 2000-10-23 2011-11-15 Glaxosmithkline Llc 2,4,8-trisubstituted-8H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one compounds and compositions for use in therapy
US20090069318A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-03-12 James Francis Callahan Novel Compounds
US20090156597A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-06-18 Glaxo Group Limited Novel Compounds
US8207176B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2012-06-26 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US8354416B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2013-01-15 Glaxo Group Limited 7,8-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl substituted compounds as inhibitors of p38 kinase

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2006104917A3 (en) 2009-04-16
TW200735876A (en) 2007-10-01
US20060258687A1 (en) 2006-11-16
JP2008537937A (en) 2008-10-02
SG160438A1 (en) 2010-04-29
NZ562433A (en) 2010-12-24
MX2007012951A (en) 2008-01-11
NO20075232L (en) 2007-11-28
AR059937A1 (en) 2008-05-14
US7479558B2 (en) 2009-01-20
WO2006104917A2 (en) 2006-10-05
CA2603163A1 (en) 2006-10-05
CN101495475A (en) 2009-07-29
EA200702073A1 (en) 2008-12-30
ZA200708524B (en) 2009-08-26
KR20080002865A (en) 2008-01-04
AU2006229995A1 (en) 2006-10-05
IL186422A0 (en) 2009-02-11
MA29391B1 (en) 2008-04-01
EP1865959A2 (en) 2007-12-19
US20080096905A1 (en) 2008-04-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7479558B2 (en) Process for preparing pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one and 3,4-dihydropyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2(1H)-one derivatives
ES2775789T3 (en) Novel piperidinyl derivatives, a process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
JP5997335B2 (en) N-containing heterocyclic compound
TWI343383B (en) Pyrazole derivatives and uses thereof
ES2935746T3 (en) Lysine-specific demethylase-1 inhibitors
AU2018226315B2 (en) FGFR inhibitor and application thereof
TWI715901B (en) Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors
JP5972964B2 (en) Tricyclic and tetracyclic pyrazolo [3,4-b] pyridine compounds as antitumor agents
AU747920B2 (en) Bicyclic pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives as neuropeptide Y receptor antagonists
KR101923751B1 (en) Derivatives of azaindazole or diazaindazole type as medicament
EP2403853B1 (en) Pyrrolopyrimidines used as kinase inhibitors
AU2016200485A1 (en) Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
KR102039764B1 (en) Novel thienopyrimidine derivatives, processes for the preparation thereof and therapeutic uses thereof
AU2006297948A1 (en) Novel imidazo [4,5 -b] pyridine derivatives as inhibitors of glycogen synthase kinase 3 for use in the treatment of dementia and neurodegenerative disorders
JP6680774B2 (en) Pyrido [1,2-a] pyrimidone analogues as PI3K inhibitors
US10085983B2 (en) Azabicyclo derivatives, process for preparation thereof and medical use thereof
AU2019203483A1 (en) Novel furanone derivative
EP2112150B1 (en) Improved raf inhibitors
WO2016209749A1 (en) Substituted pyrazolo/imidazolo bicyclic compounds as pde2 inhibitors
CA3136468A1 (en) Pyrazolopyrazine derived compounds and pharmaceutical compositions used as jak inhibitors
JP2019519534A (en) Five-membered heterocyclic [3,4-d] pyridazinone compounds, method for producing the same, pharmaceutical composition and application
US8232283B2 (en) Raf inhibitors
WO2021249319A1 (en) Tricyclic compound, pharmaceutical composition, and use thereof
WO2023179196A1 (en) Preparation and application of wee1 kinase inhibitor
JP6522502B2 (en) Wnt signal inhibitor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO PAY ISSUE FEE